FILE NOS. 333-160595 AND 811-22311
AS FILED
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON July 23, 2010
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
þ
Post-Effective Amendment No. 3
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
þ
Amendment No. 5
SCHWAB STRATEGIC TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip code)
(800) 648-5300
(Registrants Telephone Number, including Area Code)
Randall W. Merk
211 Main Street, San Francisco, California 94105
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
Copies of communications to:
|
|
|
Koji Felton, Esq
|
|
W. John McGuire, Esq.
|
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
|
|
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
|
211 Main Street
|
|
1111 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
|
SF211MN-05-489
|
|
Washington, D.C. 20004
|
San Francisco, CA 94105
|
|
|
|
|
|
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)
|
|
|
|
Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
|
|
þ
|
|
On July 26, 2010, pursuant to paragraph (b)
|
|
|
|
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
|
|
|
|
On (date), pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
|
|
|
|
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
|
|
|
|
On (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485
|
|
If appropriate, check the following box:
|
|
|
|
|
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.
|
|
Schwab Fixed-Income ETFs
Prospectus
July 26, 2010
Schwab
U.S. TIPS
ETF
tm
SCHP
Schwab
Short-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
SCHO
Schwab
Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
SCHR
Principal U.S.
Listing Exchange: NYSE Arca, Inc.
As
with all exchange traded funds, the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) has not approved these securities or passed on
whether the information in this prospectus is adequate and
accurate. Anyone who indicates otherwise is committing a federal
crime.
Schwab
Fixed-Income ETFs
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fund summaries
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
Schwab U.S. TIPS
ETF
tm
Investment
objective
The funds goal is to track as closely as possible, before
fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the
Barclays Capital U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected
Securities (TIPS) Index
(Series L).
1
Fund fees
and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you
buy and hold shares of the fund. The table does not reflect
brokerage commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund
shares.
|
|
|
Shareholder
fees
(fees
paid directly from your investment)
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
fund operating expenses
(expenses
that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
|
Management fees
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Total annual operating expenses
|
|
0.14
|
|
|
|
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of
investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the
time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the
end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your
investment has a 5% return each year and that the funds
operating expenses remain the same. This example does not
reflect any brokerage commissions you may incur when buying or
selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on
a $10,000 investment
Portfolio
turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it
buys and sells securities (or turns over its
portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher
transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund
shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not
reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the
example, affect the funds performance. The fund is new and
therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal
investment strategies
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in securities
that are included in the index.
The index includes all
publicly-issued U.S. Treasury inflation-protected
securities (TIPS) that have at least one year remaining to
maturity, are rated investment grade and have $250 million
or more of outstanding face value. The TIPS in the index must be
denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and
non-convertible. The index is market capitalization weighted and
the TIPS in the index are updated on the last business day of
each month. As of June 30, 2010, there were 29 TIPS in the
index. TIPS are publicly issued, dollar denominated
U.S. Government securities issued by the U.S. Treasury
that have principal and interest payments linked to an official
inflation measure (as measured by the Consumer Price Index, or
CPI) and their payments are supported by the full faith and
credit of the United States.
1
Index
ownership
©
Barclays Capital Inc. 2010. All rights reserved. The Schwab
U.S. TIPS ETF is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted
by Barclays Capital. Barclays Capital does not make any
representation regarding the advisability of investing in shares
of the fund.
Schwab U.S. TIPS
ETF
tm
1
It is the funds policy that under normal circumstances it
will invest at least 90% of its net assets in securities
included in the index. The fund will generally give the same
weight to a given security as the index does. However, when the
adviser believes it is appropriate to do so, such as to avoid
purchasing odd-lots (
i.e.
, purchasing less than the usual
number of shares traded for a security), for tax considerations,
or to address liquidity considerations with respect to a
security, the adviser may cause the funds weighting of a
security to be more or less than the indexs weighting of
the security. The fund may sell securities that are represented
in the index in anticipation of their removal from the index.
Under normal circumstances, the fund may invest up to 10% of its
net assets in securities not included in its index. The
principal types of these investments include those that the
adviser believes will help the fund track the index, such as
investments in (a) securities that are not represented in
the index but the adviser anticipates will be added to or
removed from the index; (b) securities issued by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities,
including obligations that are not guaranteed by the
U.S. Treasury, and obligations that are issued by private
issuers that are guaranteed as to principal or interest by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and
(c) investment companies, including money market funds. The
fund may also invest in cash and cash equivalents, enter into
repurchase agreements, and may lend its securities to minimize
the difference in performance that naturally exists between an
index fund and its corresponding index.
The adviser may seek to track the price and yield performance of
the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These
techniques involve investing in a limited number of index
securities that, when taken together, are expected to perform
similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on
a variety of factors, including market capitalization, yield and
other performance attributes, maturity, duration, credit
ratings, liquidity, tax considerations, risk factors and other
characteristics. The fund generally expects that its portfolio
will hold less than the total number of securities in the index,
but reserves the right to hold as many securities as it believes
necessary to achieve the funds investment objective. The
fund generally expects that its yield and maturity will be
similar to those of the index. In addition, the fund generally
expects that its weighted average effective duration will
closely correspond to the weighted average effective duration of
the index, which as of June 30, 2010 was 7.71 years.
The adviser seeks to achieve, over time, a correlation between
the funds performance and that of its index, before fees
and expenses, of 95% or better. However, there can be no
guarantee that the fund will achieve a high degree of
correlation with the index. A number of factors may affect the
funds ability to achieve a high correlation with its
index, including the degree to which the fund utilizes a
sampling technique. The correlation between the performance of
the fund and its index may also diverge due to transaction
costs, asset valuations, timing variances, and differences
between the funds portfolio and the index resulting from
legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that
apply to the fund but not to the index.
Principal
risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an
investor to lose money. The funds principal risks include:
Market Risk.
Bond markets rise and fall daily. As
with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets,
the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which
means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk.
The fund is not actively
managed. Therefore, the fund follows the securities included in
the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its
indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market
exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In
addition, because of the funds expenses, the funds
performance is normally below that of the index.
Interest Rate Risk.
Interest rates will rise and
fall over time. During periods when interest rates are low, the
funds yield and total return also may be low. The longer
the funds duration, the more sensitive to interest rate
movements its share price is likely to be.
Credit Risk.
The fund is subject to the risk that a
decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could
cause the fund to lose money or underperform. The fund could
lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment
fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise
honor its obligations.
Inflation Protected Security Risk.
The value of
inflation protected securities, including TIPS, generally will
fluctuate in response to changes in real interest
rates, generally decreasing when real interest rates rise and
increasing when real interest rates fall. In addition, interest
payments on inflation-indexed securities will generally vary up
or down along with the rate of inflation.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk.
The fund may not fully
replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the
index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the
advisers investment management strategy, the
implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints,
may not produce the intended results.
2
Schwab U.S. TIPS
ETF
tm
Tracking Error Risk.
The funds return may not
match the return of the index due to differences between the
funds securities and those in the index. Tracking error
also may be attributable to the funds inability to match
the securities weighting to the index or due to other
regulatory, operational or liquidity constraints. The fund also
incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may
result in tracking error.
Liquidity Risk.
A particular investment may be
difficult to purchase or sell. The fund may be unable to sell
illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price.
Securities Lending Risk.
Securities lending involves
the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in
recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the
security loaned or becomes insolvent.
Market Trading Risk.
Although fund shares are listed
on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that
an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be
maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may
find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than
NAV.
Fund shares may be bought and sold in the
secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that
the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the
funds net asset value (NAV), there may be times when the
market price and the NAV vary significantly. You may pay more
than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary
market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those
shares in the secondary market.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee.
An
investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund
please see the Fund details section in the
prospectus.
Performance
The fund is new and therefore does not have a performance
history. Once the fund has completed a full calendar year of
operations a bar chart and table will be included that will
provide some indication of the risks of investing in the fund by
showing the variability of the funds returns and comparing
the funds performance to the index.
Investment
adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio
managers
Dustin Lewellyn, CFA,
a managing director of the
investment adviser, oversees the investment advisers
management of exchange traded funds (ETFs). He has managed the
fund since 2010.
Matthew Hastings, CFA,
a managing director and portfolio
manager of the investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility
for the
co-management
of the fund. He has managed the fund since 2010.
Steven Chan,
a portfolio manager of the investment
adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the co-management of
the fund. He has managed the fund since 2010.
Brandon Matsui, CFA,
a portfolio manager of the
investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the
co-management
of the fund. He has managed the fund since 2010.
Purchase
and sale of fund shares
The fund issues and redeems shares at its NAV only in large
blocks of shares, typically 200,000 shares or more
(Creation Units). These transactions are usually in
exchange for a basket of securities included in the index and an
amount of cash. As a practical matter, only institutions or
large investors purchase or redeem Creation Units. Except when
aggregated in Creation Units, shares of the fund are not
redeemable securities.
Individual shares of the fund trade on national securities
exchanges and elsewhere during the trading day and can only be
bought and sold at market prices throughout the trading day
through a broker-dealer. Because fund shares trade at market
prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a price greater than
NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount).
Tax
information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund
will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains,
unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other
tax-advantaged account.
Schwab U.S. TIPS
ETF
tm
3
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
Investment
objective
The funds goal is to track as closely as possible, before
fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the
Barclays Capital
U.S. 1-3 Year
Treasury Bond
Index
sm
.
2
Fund fees
and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you
buy and hold shares of the fund. The table does not reflect
brokerage commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund
shares.
|
|
|
Shareholder
fees
(fees
paid directly from your investment)
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
fund operating expenses
(expenses
that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
|
Management fees
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Total annual operating expenses
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of
investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the
time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the
end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your
investment has a 5% return each year and that the funds
operating expenses remain the same. This example does not
reflect any brokerage commissions you may incur when buying or
selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on
a $10,000 investment
Portfolio
Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it
buys and sells securities (or turns over its
portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher
transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund
shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not
reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the
example, affect the funds performance. The fund is new and
therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal
investment strategies
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in securities
that are included in the index.
The index includes all
publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a
remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year and less
than three years, are rated investment grade, and have
$250 million or more of outstanding face value. The
securities in the index must be denominated in U.S. dollars
and must be fixed-rate and non-convertible. The index excludes
state and local government series bonds and coupon issues that
have been stripped from bonds. The index is market
capitalization weighted and the securities in the index are
updated on the last business day of each month. As of
June 30, 2010 there were 61 issues in the index.
2
Index
ownership
©
Barclays Capital Inc. 2010. All rights reserved. The Schwab
Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF is not sponsored, endorsed,
sold or promoted by Barclays Capital. Barclays Capital does not
make any representation regarding the advisability of investing
in shares of the fund.
4
Schwab Short-Term U.S.
Treasury
ETF
tm
It is the funds policy that under normal circumstances it
will invest at least 90% of its net assets in securities
included in the index. The fund will generally give the same
weight to a given security as the index does. However, when the
adviser believes it is appropriate to do so, such as to avoid
purchasing odd-lots (
i.e.
, purchasing less than the usual
number of shares traded for a security), for tax considerations,
or to address liquidity considerations with respect to a
security, the adviser may cause the funds weighting of a
security to be more or less than the indexs weighting of
the security. The fund may sell securities that are represented
in the index in anticipation of their removal from the index.
Under normal circumstances, the fund may invest up to 10% of its
net assets in securities not included in its index. The
principal types of these investments include those that the
adviser believes will help the fund track the index, such as
investments in (a) securities that are not represented in
the index but the adviser anticipates will be added to or
removed from the index; (b) securities issued by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities,
including obligations that are not guaranteed by the
U.S. Treasury, and obligations that are issued by private
issuers that are guaranteed as to principal or interest by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and
(c) investment companies, including money market funds. The
fund may also invest in cash and cash equivalents, enter into
repurchase agreements, and may lend its securities to minimize
the difference in performance that naturally exists between an
index fund and its corresponding index.
The adviser may seek to track the price and yield performance of
the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These
techniques involve investing in a limited number of index
securities that, when taken together, are expected to perform
similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on
a variety of factors, including industry weightings, market
capitalization, yield and other performance attributes,
maturity, duration, credit ratings, liquidity, tax
considerations, risk factors and other characteristics. The fund
generally expects that its portfolio will hold less than the
total number of securities in the index, but reserves the right
to hold as many securities as it believes necessary to achieve
the funds investment objective. The fund generally expects
that its yield and maturity will be similar to those of the
index. In addition, the fund generally expects that its weighted
average effective duration will closely correspond to the
weighted average effective duration of the index, which as of
June 30, 2010 was 1.92 years.
The adviser seeks to achieve, over time, a correlation between
the funds performance and that of its index, before fees
and expenses, of 95% or better. However, there can be no
guarantee that the fund will achieve a high degree of
correlation with the index. A number of factors may affect the
funds ability to achieve a high correlation with its
index, including the degree to which the fund utilizes a
sampling technique. The correlation between the performance of
the fund and its index may also diverge due to transaction
costs, asset valuations, timing variances, and differences
between the funds portfolio and the index resulting from
legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that
apply to the fund but not to the index.
Principal
Risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an
investor to lose money. The funds principal risks include:
Market Risk.
Bond markets rise and fall daily. As
with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets,
the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which
means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk.
The fund is not actively
managed. Therefore, the fund follows the securities included in
the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its
indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market
exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In
addition, because of the funds expenses, the funds
performance is normally below that of the index.
Interest Rate Risk.
Interest rates will rise and
fall over time. During periods when interest rates are low, the
funds yield and total return also may be low. The longer
the funds duration, the more sensitive to interest rate
movements its share price is likely to be.
Credit Risk.
The fund is subject to the risk that a
decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could
cause the fund to lose money or underperform. The fund could
lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment
fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise
honor its obligations.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk.
The fund may not fully
replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the
index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the
advisers investment management strategy, the
implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints,
may not produce the intended results.
Tracking Error Risk.
The funds return may not
match the return of the index due to differences between the
funds securities and those in the index. Tracking error
also may be attributable to the funds inability to match
the securities weighting to the index or due to other
regulatory, operational or liquidity constraints. The fund also
incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may
result in tracking error.
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
5
Liquidity Risk.
A particular investment may be
difficult to purchase or sell. The fund may be unable to sell
illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price.
Securities Lending Risk.
Securities lending involves
the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in
recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the
security loaned or becomes insolvent.
Market Trading Risk.
Although fund shares are listed
on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that
an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be
maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may
find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than
NAV.
Fund shares may be bought and sold in the
secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that
the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the
funds net asset value (NAV), there may be times when the
market price and the NAV vary significantly. You may pay more
than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary
market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those
shares in the secondary market.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee.
An
investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund
please see the Fund details section in the
prospectus.
Investment
adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio
managers
Dustin Lewellyn, CFA,
a managing director of the
investment adviser, oversees the investment advisers
management of exchange traded funds (ETFs). He has managed the
fund since 2010.
Matthew Hastings, CFA,
a managing director and portfolio
manager of the investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility
for the co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since
2010.
Steven Chan,
a portfolio manager of the investment
adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the co-management of
the fund. He has managed the fund since 2010.
Brandon Matsui, CFA,
a portfolio manager of the
investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the
co-management
of the fund. He has managed the fund since 2010.
Purchase
and sale of fund shares
The fund issues and redeems shares at its NAV only in large
blocks of shares, typically 100,000 shares or more
(Creation Units). These transactions are usually in
exchange for a basket of securities included in the index and an
amount of cash. As a practical matter, only institutions or
large investors purchase or redeem Creation Units. Except when
aggregated in Creation Units, shares of the fund are not
redeemable securities.
Individual shares of the fund trade on national securities
exchanges and elsewhere during the trading day and can only be
bought and sold at market prices throughout the trading day
through a broker-dealer. Because fund shares trade at market
prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a price greater than
NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount).
Tax
information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund
will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains,
unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other
tax-advantaged account.
6
Schwab Short-Term U.S.
Treasury
ETF
tm
Schwab Intermediate-Term
U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
Investment
objective
The funds goal is to track as closely as possible, before
fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the
Barclays Capital
U.S. 3-10 Year
Treasury Bond
Index
sm
.
3
Fund fees
and expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses you may pay if you
buy and hold shares of the fund. The table does not reflect
brokerage commissions you may incur when buying or selling fund
shares.
|
|
|
Shareholder
fees
(fees
paid directly from your investment)
|
|
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
fund operating expenses
(expenses
that you pay each year as a % of the value of your investment)
|
Management fees
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
None
|
|
|
|
Total annual operating expenses
|
|
0.12
|
|
|
|
Example
This example is intended to help you compare the cost of
investing in the fund with the cost of investing in other funds.
The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the fund for the
time periods indicated and then redeem all of your shares at the
end of those time periods. The example also assumes that your
investment has a 5% return each year and that the funds
operating expenses remain the same. This example does not
reflect any brokerage commissions you may incur when buying or
selling fund shares. Your actual costs may be higher or lower.
Expenses on
a $10,000 investment
Portfolio
Turnover
The fund pays transaction costs, such as commissions, when it
buys and sells securities (or turns over its
portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover may indicate higher
transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when fund
shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not
reflected in the annual fund operating expenses or in the
example, affect the funds performance. The fund is new and
therefore does not have a historical portfolio turnover rate.
Principal
investment strategies
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in securities
that are included in the index.
The index includes all
publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a
remaining maturity of greater than or equal to three years and
less than ten years, are rated investment grade, and have
$250 million or more of outstanding face value. The
securities in the index must be denominated in U.S. dollars
and must be fixed-rate and non-convertible. The index excludes
state and local government series bonds and coupon issues that
have been stripped from bonds. The index is market
capitalization weighted and the securities in the index are
updated on the last business day of each month. As of
June 30, 2010, there were 82 issues in the index.
3
Index
ownership
©
Barclays Capital Inc. 2010. All rights reserved. The Schwab
Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury ETF is not sponsored,
endorsed, sold or promoted by Barclays Capital. Barclays Capital
does not make any representation regarding the advisability of
investing in shares of the fund.
Schwab Intermediate-Term
U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
7
It is the funds policy that under normal circumstances it
will invest at least 90% of its net assets in securities
included in the index. The fund will generally give the same
weight to a given security as the index does. However, when the
adviser believes it is appropriate to do so, such as to avoid
purchasing odd-lots (
i.e.
, purchasing less than the usual
number of shares traded for a security), for tax considerations,
or to address liquidity considerations with respect to a
security, the adviser may cause the funds weighting of a
security to be more or less than the indexs weighting of
the security. The fund may sell securities that are represented
in the index in anticipation of their removal from the index.
Under normal circumstances, the fund may invest up to 10% of its
net assets in securities not included in its index. The
principal types of these investments include those that the
adviser believes will help the fund track the index, such as
investments in (a) securities that are not represented in
the index but the adviser anticipates will be added to or
removed from the index; (b) securities issued by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities,
including obligations that are not guaranteed by the
U.S. Treasury, and obligations that are issued by private
issuers that are guaranteed as to principal or interest by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and
(c) investment companies, including money market funds. The
fund may also invest in cash and cash equivalents, enter into
repurchase agreements, and may lend its securities to minimize
the difference in performance that naturally exists between an
index fund and its corresponding index.
The adviser may seek to track the price and yield performance of
the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These
techniques involve investing in a limited number of index
securities that, when taken together, are expected to perform
similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on
a variety of factors, including industry weightings, market
capitalization, yield and other performance attributes,
maturity, duration, credit ratings, liquidity, tax
considerations, risk factors and other characteristics. The fund
generally expects that its portfolio will hold less than the
total number of securities in the index, but reserves the right
to hold as many securities as it believes necessary to achieve
the funds investment objective. The fund generally expects
that its yield and maturity will be similar to those of the
index. In addition, the fund generally expects that its weighted
average effective duration will closely correspond to the
weighted average effective duration of the index, which as of
June 30, 2010 was 5.28 years.
The adviser seeks to achieve, over time, a correlation between
the funds performance and that of its index, before fees
and expenses, of 95% or better. However, there can be no
guarantee that the fund will achieve a high degree of
correlation with the index. A number of factors may affect the
funds ability to achieve a high correlation with its
index, including the degree to which the fund utilizes a
sampling technique. The correlation between the performance of
the fund and its index may also diverge due to transaction
costs, asset valuations, timing variances, and differences
between the funds portfolio and the index resulting from
legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that
apply to the fund but not to the index.
Principal
Risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an
investor to lose money. The funds principal risks include:
Market Risk.
Bond markets rise and fall daily. As
with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets,
the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which
means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk.
The fund is not actively
managed. Therefore, the fund follows the securities included in
the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its
indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market
exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In
addition, because of the funds expenses, the funds
performance is normally below that of the index.
Interest Rate Risk.
Interest rates will rise and
fall over time. During periods when interest rates are low, the
funds yield and total return also may be low. The longer
the funds duration, the more sensitive to interest rate
movements its share price is likely to be.
Credit Risk.
The fund is subject to the risk that a
decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could
cause the fund to lose money or underperform. The fund could
lose money if the issuer or guarantor of a portfolio investment
fails to make timely principal or interest payments or otherwise
honor its obligations.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk.
The fund may not fully
replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the
index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the
advisers investment management strategy, the
implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints,
may not produce the intended results.
Tracking Error Risk.
The funds return may not
match the return of the index due to differences between the
funds securities and those in the index. Tracking error
also may be attributable to the funds inability to match
the securities weighting to the index or due to other
regulatory, operational or liquidity constraints. The fund also
incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which may
result in tracking error.
8
Schwab Intermediate-Term
U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
Liquidity Risk.
A particular investment may be
difficult to purchase or sell. The fund may be unable to sell
illiquid securities at an advantageous time or price.
Securities Lending Risk.
Securities lending involves
the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in
recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the
security loaned or becomes insolvent.
Market Trading Risk.
Although fund shares are listed
on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that
an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be
maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may
find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than
NAV.
Fund shares may be bought and sold in the
secondary market at market prices. Although it is expected that
the market price of the shares of the fund will approximate the
funds net asset value (NAV), there may be times when the
market price and the NAV vary significantly. You may pay more
than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary
market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those
shares in the secondary market.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee.
An
investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.
For more information on the risks of investing in the fund
please see the Fund details section in the
prospectus.
Investment
adviser
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
Portfolio
managers
Dustin Lewellyn, CFA,
a managing director of the
investment adviser, oversees the investment advisers
management of exchange traded funds (ETFs). He has managed the
fund since 2010.
Matthew Hastings, CFA,
a managing director and portfolio
manager of the investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility
for the co-management of the fund. He has managed the fund since
2010.
Steven Chan,
a portfolio manager of the investment
adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the co-management of
the fund. He has managed the fund since 2010.
Brandon Matsui, CFA,
a portfolio manager of the
investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the
co-management
of the fund. He has managed the fund since 2010.
Purchase
and sale of fund shares
The fund issues and redeems shares at its NAV only in large
blocks of shares, typically 100,000 shares or more
(Creation Units). These transactions are usually in
exchange for a basket of securities included in the index and an
amount of cash. As a practical matter, only institutions or
large investors purchase or redeem Creation Units. Except when
aggregated in Creation Units, shares of the fund are not
redeemable securities.
Individual shares of the fund trade on national securities
exchanges and elsewhere during the trading day and can only be
bought and sold at market prices throughout the trading day
through a broker-dealer. Because fund shares trade at market
prices rather than NAV, shares may trade at a price greater than
NAV (premium) or less than NAV (discount).
Tax
information
Dividends and capital gains distributions received from the fund
will generally be taxable as ordinary income or capital gains,
unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other
tax-advantaged account.
Schwab Intermediate-Term
U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
9
The funds described in this Prospectus are advised by Charles
Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM or the
Adviser). Each of the funds is an exchange
traded fund (ETF). ETFs are funds that trade
like other publicly-traded securities. The funds in this
prospectus are index funds and are designed to track the
performance of an index. Because the composition of an index
tends to be comparatively stable, index funds historically have
shown low portfolio turnover compared to actively managed funds.
This strategy distinguishes an index fund from an actively
managed fund. Instead of choosing investments for the fund
based on portfolio managements judgment, an index is used
to determine which securities the fund should own.
Unlike shares of a mutual fund, shares of the funds are listed
on a national securities exchange and trade at market prices
that change throughout the day. The market price for each of the
funds shares may be different from its net asset value per
share (NAV). The funds have their own CUSIP numbers
and trade on the NYSE Arca, Inc. under the following tickers:
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab U.S.
TIPS
ETF
tm
|
|
|
SCHP
|
|
Schwab
Short-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
|
|
|
SCHO
|
|
Schwab
Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
|
|
|
SCHR
|
|
The funds issue and redeem shares at their NAV only in large
blocks of shares, typically 100,000 shares or more
(Creation Units). These transactions are usually in
exchange for a basket of securities and an amount of cash. As a
practical matter, only institutions or large investors purchase
or redeem Creation Units. Except when aggregated in Creation
Units, shares of the funds are not redeemable securities.
A note to retail
investors
Shares can be purchased directly from the funds only in exchange
for a basket of securities that is expected to be worth several
million dollars. Most individual investors, therefore, will not
be able to purchase shares directly from the funds. Instead,
these investors will purchase shares in the secondary market
through a brokerage account or with the assistance of a broker.
Thus, some of the information contained in this
Prospectus such as information about purchasing and
redeeming shares from the funds and references to transaction
fees imposed on purchases and redemptions is not
relevant to most individual investors. Shares purchased or sold
through a brokerage account or with the assistance of a broker
may be subject to brokerage commissions and charges.
Except as explicitly described otherwise, the investment
objective, the benchmark index and the investment policies of
each of the funds may be changed without shareholder approval.
The funds performance will fluctuate over time and, as
with all investments, future performance may differ from past
performance.
10
About the funds
Investment objectives, strategies
and risks
Schwab
U.S. TIPS
ETF
tm
Investment
objective
The funds goal is to track as closely as possible, before
fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the
Barclays Capital U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected
Securities (TIPS) Index
(Series L)
sm
.
1
The funds investment objective is not fundamental and
therefore may be changed by the funds board of trustees
without shareholder approval.
Index
The funds benchmark index includes all publicly-issued
U.S. Treasury inflation-protected securities (TIPS) that
have at least one year remaining to maturity, are rated
investment grade and have $250 million or more of
outstanding face value.
TIPS are U.S. Government
securities issued by the U.S. Treasury that generate
principal and interest payments designed to adjust for and
protect against inflation. Their payments are supported by the
full faith and credit of the United States. The securities in
the index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be
fixed-rate and non-convertible. The index is market
capitalization weighted and the securities in the index are
updated on the last business day of each month. As of
June 30, 2010, there were 29 TIPS in the index.
Investment
strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in securities
that are included in the index.
It is the funds policy
that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of
its net assets in these securities. The fund will notify its
shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy.
The fund will generally give the same weight to a given security
as the index does. However, when the adviser believes it is
appropriate to do so, such as to avoid purchasing odd-lots
(
i.e.
, purchasing less than the usual number of shares
traded for a security), for tax considerations, or to address
liquidity considerations with respect to a security, the adviser
may cause the funds weighting of a security to be more or
less than the indexs weighting of the security. The fund
may sell securities that are represented in the index in
anticipation of their removal from the index.
Under normal circumstances, the fund may invest up to 10% of its
net assets in securities not included in its index. The
principal types of these investments include those that the
adviser believes will help the fund track the index, such as
investments in (a) securities that are not represented in
the index but the adviser anticipates will be added to or
removed from the index; (b) securities issued by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities,
including obligations that are not guaranteed by the
U.S. Treasury, and obligations that are issued by private
issuers that are guaranteed as to principal or interest by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and
(c) investment companies, including money market funds. The
fund may also invest in cash and cash equivalents, enter into
repurchase agreements, and may lend its securities to minimize
the difference in performance that naturally exists between an
index fund and its corresponding index.
The adviser may seek to track the price and yield performance of
the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These
techniques involve investing in a limited number of index
securities that, when taken together, are expected to perform
similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on
a variety of factors, including market capitalization, yield and
other performance attributes, maturity, duration, credit
ratings, liquidity, tax considerations, risk factors and other
characteristics. The fund generally expects that its portfolio
will hold less than the total number of securities in the index,
but reserves the right to hold as many securities as it believes
necessary to achieve the funds investment objective. The
fund generally expects that its yield and maturity will be
similar to those of the index. In addition, the fund generally
expects that its weighted average effective duration will
closely correspond to the weighted average effective duration of
the index, which as of June 30, 2010 was 7.71 years.
The adviser seeks to achieve, over time, a correlation between
the funds performance and that of its index, before fees
and expenses, of 95% or better. However, there can be no
guarantee that the fund will achieve a high degree of
correlation with the index. A number of factors may affect the
funds ability to achieve a high correlation with its
index, including the degree to which the fund utilizes a
sampling technique. The correlation between the performance of
the fund and its index may also diverge due to transaction
costs, asset valuations, timing variances, and differences
between the funds portfolio
1
Index
ownership
©
Barclays Capital Inc. 2010. All rights reserved. The Schwab
U.S. TIPS ETF is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted
by Barclays Capital. Barclays Capital does not make any
representation regarding the advisability of investing in shares
of the fund.
Fund details
11
and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such as
diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not to
the index.
Principal
investment risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an
investor to lose money.
Market Risk.
Bond markets rise and fall daily. As
with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets,
the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which
means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk.
The fund is not actively
managed. Therefore, the fund follows the securities included in
the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its
indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market
exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In
addition, because of the funds expenses, the funds
performance is normally below that of the index.
Interest Rate Risk.
The fund is subject to the risk
that interest rates rise and fall over time. As with any
investment whose yield reflects current interest rates, the
funds yield will change over time. During periods when
interest rates are low, the funds yield (and total return)
also may be low. Changes in interest rates also may affect the
funds share price: a sharp rise in interest rates could
cause the funds share price to fall. The longer the
funds duration, the more sensitive to interest rate
movements its share price is likely to be.
Credit Risk.
The fund is subject to the risk that a
decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could
cause the fund to lose money or underperform. The fund could
lose money if the issuer of a portfolio investment fails to make
timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its
obligations. The negative perceptions of an issuers
ability to make such payments could also cause the price of that
investment to decline. The credit quality of the funds
portfolio holdings can change rapidly in certain market
environments and any default on the part of a single portfolio
investment could cause the funds share price or yield to
fall.
Although the fund invests primarily in U.S. Government
securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, which are
guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. Government, the fund may also invest in securities
that are not guaranteed or insured by the U.S. Government.
Issuers of securities such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the
Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) maintain limited lines of credit
with the U.S. Treasury. Other securities, such as
obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding
Corporation (FFCB), are supported solely by the credit of the
issuer. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government
will provide financial support to securities of its agencies and
instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law.
Also, any government guarantees on securities the fund owns do
not extend to shares of the fund itself. Any default on the part
of a portfolio investment could cause the funds share
price or yield to fall.
On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a
federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two
federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. The actions of the
U.S. Treasury are intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac maintain a positive net worth and meet their
financial obligations, preventing mandatory triggering of
receivership. No assurance can be given that the
U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.
Inflation Protected Security Risk.
The value of
inflation-protected securities, including TIPS, generally will
fluctuate in response to changes in real interest
rates. Real interest rates represent nominal (or stated)
interest rates reduced by the expected impact of inflation. The
value of an inflation-protected security generally decreases
when real interest rates rise and generally increase when real
interest rates fall. In addition, the principal value of an
inflation-protected security is periodically adjusted up or down
along with the rate of inflation. If the measure of inflation
falls, the principal value of the inflation-protected security
will be adjusted downwards, and consequently, the interest
payable on the security will be reduced. Repayment of the
original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for
inflation) is guaranteed by the United States Treasury in the
case of TIPS. For securities that do not provide a similar
guarantee, the adjusted principal value of the security to be
repaid at maturity is subject to credit risk.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk.
The fund may not fully
replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the
index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the
advisers investment management strategy, the
implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints,
may not produce the intended results. Because the fund utilizes
a sampling approach it may not track the return of the index as
well as it would if the fund purchased all of the equity
securities in the index.
Tracking Error Risk.
The funds return may not
match the return of the index. For example, differences between
the funds securities and those in the index, rounding of
prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may
cause tracking error, the divergence of the funds
performance from that of its index. The fund may not be able to
invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, or match
the securities weighting to the benchmark, due to
regulatory, operational or liquidity constraints, which may
result in tracking error. The fund may attempt to offset the
effects of not
12
Fund details
being invested in certain index securities by making substitute
investments, but these efforts may not be successful. The fund
also incurs fees and expenses while the index does not, which
may result in tracking error.
Liquidity Risk.
Liquidity risk exists when
particular investments are difficult to purchase or sell. The
market for certain investments may become illiquid due to
specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular
issuer or under adverse market or economic conditions
independent of the issuer. The funds investments in
illiquid securities may reduce the returns of the fund because
it may be unable to sell the illiquid securities at an
advantageous time or price. Further, transactions in illiquid
securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than
those for transactions in liquid securities.
Securities Lending Risk.
The fund may lend its
portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial
institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied,
including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund
lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will
continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities
loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the
collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of
rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral
if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes
insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in
value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may
pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Market Trading Risk.
Although fund shares are listed
on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that
an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be
maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may
find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares
of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange
officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted,
or if the activation of marketwide circuit breakers
halts stock trading generally. If the funds shares are
delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another
market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than
NAV.
As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and
sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is
expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will
approximate the funds NAV, there may be times when the
market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay
more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary
market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those
shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the
price of any exchange-traded security, includes a
bid/ask spread charged by the exchange specialist,
market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares.
The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs
that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe
market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase
significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be
traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be
greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may
be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The adviser
believes that, under normal market conditions, large market
price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because
of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee.
An
investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.
Schwab
Short-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
Investment
objective
The funds goal is to track as closely as possible, before
fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the
Barclays Capital U.S. 1-3 Year Treasury Bond
Index
sm
.
2
The funds investment objective is not fundamental and
therefore may be changed by the funds board of trustees
without shareholder approval.
Index
The funds benchmark index includes all publicly-issued
U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity of
greater than or equal to one year and less than three years, are
rated investment grade, and have $250 million or more of
outstanding face value.
The securities in the index must be
denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and
non-convertible. The index excludes state and local government
series bonds and coupon issues that have been stripped from
bonds. The index is market capitalization weighted and the
securities in the index are updated on the last business day of
each month. As of June 30, 2010, there were 61 issues
in the index.
2
Index
ownership
©
Barclays Capital Inc. 2010. All rights reserved. The Schwab
Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF is not sponsored, endorsed,
sold or promoted by Barclays Capital. Barclays Capital does not
make any representation regarding the advisability of investing
in shares of the fund.
Fund details
13
Investment
strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in securities
that are included in the index.
It is the funds policy
that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of
its net assets in these securities. The fund will notify its
shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy.
The fund will generally give the same weight to a given security
as the index does. However, when the adviser believes it is
appropriate to do so, such as to avoid purchasing odd-lots
(
i.e.
, purchasing less than the usual number of shares
traded for a security), for tax considerations, or to address
liquidity considerations with respect to a security, the adviser
may cause the funds weighting of a security to be more or
less than the indexs weighting of the security. The fund
may sell securities that are represented in the index in
anticipation of their removal from the index.
Under normal circumstances, the fund may invest up to 10% of its
net assets in securities not included in its index. The
principal types of these investments include those that the
adviser believes will help the fund track the index, such as
investments in (a) securities that are not represented in
the index but the adviser anticipates will be added to or
removed from the index; (b) securities issued by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities,
including obligations that are not guaranteed by the
U.S. Treasury, and obligations that are issued by private
issuers that are guaranteed as to principal or interest by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and
(c) investment companies, including money market funds. The
fund may also invest in cash and cash equivalents, enter into
repurchase agreements, and may lend its securities to minimize
the difference in performance that naturally exists between an
index fund and its corresponding index.
The adviser may seek to track the price and yield performance of
the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These
techniques involve investing in a limited number of index
securities that, when taken together, are expected to perform
similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on
a variety of factors, including industry weightings, market
capitalization, yield and other performance attributes,
maturity, duration, credit ratings, liquidity, tax
considerations, risk factors and other characteristics. The fund
generally expects that its portfolio will hold less than the
total number of securities in the index, but reserves the right
to hold as many securities as it believes necessary to achieve
the funds investment objective. The fund generally expects
that its yield and maturity will be similar to those of the
index. In addition, the fund generally expects that its weighted
average effective duration will closely correspond to the
weighted average effective duration of the index, which as of
June 30, 2010 was 1.92 years.
The adviser seeks to achieve, over time, a correlation between
the funds performance and that of its index, before fees
and expenses, of 95% or better. However, there can be no
guarantee that the fund will achieve a high degree of
correlation with the index. A number of factors may affect the
funds ability to achieve a high correlation with its
index, including the degree to which the fund utilizes a
sampling technique. The correlation between the performance of
the fund and its index may also diverge due to transaction
costs, asset valuations, timing variances, and differences
between the funds portfolio and the index resulting from
legal restrictions (such as diversification requirements) that
apply to the fund but not to the index.
Principal
investment risks.
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an
investor to lose money.
Market Risk.
Bond markets rise and fall daily. As
with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets,
the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which
means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk.
The fund is not actively
managed. Therefore, the fund follows the securities included in
the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its
indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market
exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In
addition, because of the funds expenses, the funds
performance is normally below that of the index.
Interest Rate Risk.
The fund is subject to the risk
that interest rates rise and fall over time. As with any
investment whose yield reflects current interest rates, the
funds yield will change over time. During periods when
interest rates are low, the funds yield (and total return)
also may be low. Changes in interest rates also may affect the
funds share price: a sharp rise in interest rates could
cause the funds share price to fall. The longer the
funds duration, the more sensitive to interest rate
movements its share price is likely to be.
Credit Risk.
The fund is subject to the risk that a
decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could
cause the fund to lose money or underperform. The fund could
lose money if the issuer of a portfolio investment fails to make
timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its
obligations. The negative perceptions of an issuers
ability to make such payments could also cause the price of that
investment to decline. The credit quality of the funds
portfolio
14
Fund details
holdings can change rapidly in certain market environments and
any default on the part of a single portfolio investment could
cause the funds share price or yield to fall.
Although the fund invests primarily in U.S. Government
securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, which are
guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. Government, the fund may also invest in securities
that are not guaranteed or insured by the U.S. Government.
Issuers of securities such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the
Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) maintain limited lines of credit
with the U.S. Treasury. Other securities, such as
obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding
Corporation (FFCB), are supported solely by the credit of the
issuer. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government
will provide financial support to securities of its agencies and
instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law.
Also, any government guarantees on securities the fund owns do
not extend to shares of the fund itself. Any default on the part
of a portfolio investment could cause the funds share
price or yield to fall.
On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a
federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two
federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. The actions of the
U.S. Treasury are intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac maintain a positive net worth and meet their
financial obligations, preventing mandatory triggering of
receivership. No assurance can be given that the
U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk.
The fund may not fully
replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the
index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the
advisers investment management strategy, the
implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints,
may not produce the intended results. Because the fund utilizes
a sampling approach it may not track the return of the index as
well as it would if the fund purchased all of the equity
securities in the index.
Tracking Error Risk.
The funds return may not
match the return of the index. For example, differences between
the funds securities and those in the index, rounding of
prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may
cause tracking error, the divergence of the funds
performance from that of its index. The fund may not be able to
invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, or match
the securities weighting to the benchmark, due to
regulatory, operational or liquidity constraints, which may
result in tracking error. The fund may attempt to offset the
effects of not being invested in certain index securities by
making substitute investments, but these efforts may not be
successful. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the
index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Liquidity Risk.
Liquidity risk exists when
particular investments are difficult to purchase or sell. The
market for certain investments may become illiquid due to
specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular
issuer or under adverse market or economic conditions
independent of the issuer. The funds investments in
illiquid securities may reduce the returns of the fund because
it may be unable to sell the illiquid securities at an
advantageous time or price. Further, transactions in illiquid
securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than
those for transactions in liquid securities
Securities Lending Risk.
The fund may lend its
portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial
institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied,
including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund
lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will
continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities
loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the
collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of
rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral
if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes
insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in
value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may
pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Market Trading Risk.
Although fund shares are listed
on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that
an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be
maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may
find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares
of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange
officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted,
or if the activation of marketwide circuit breakers
halts stock trading generally. If the funds shares are
delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another
market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than
NAV.
As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and
sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is
expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will
approximate the funds NAV, there may be times when the
market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay
more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary
market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those
shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the
price of any exchange-traded security, includes a
bid/ask spread charged by the exchange specialist,
market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares.
The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs
that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe
market
Fund details
15
disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase significantly. At
those times, fund shares are most likely to be traded at a
discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be greatest when
the price of shares is falling fastest, which may be the time
that you most want to sell your shares. The adviser believes
that, under normal market conditions, large market price
discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because of
arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee.
An
investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.
Schwab
Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
Investment
objective
The funds goal is to track as closely as possible, before
fees and expenses, the price and yield performance of the
Barclays Capital
U.S. 3-10 Year
Treasury Bond
Index
sm
.
3
The funds investment objective is not fundamental and
therefore may be changed by the funds board of trustees
without shareholder approval.
Index
The funds benchmark index includes all publicly-issued
U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity of
greater than or equal to three years and less than ten years,
are rated investment grade, and have $250 million or more
of outstanding face value.
The securities in the index must
be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and
non-convertible. The index excludes state and local government
series bonds and coupon issues that have been stripped from
bonds. The index is market capitalization weighted and the
securities in the index are updated on the last business day of
each month. As of June 30, 2010, there were 82 issues
in the index.
Investment
strategy
To pursue its goal, the fund generally invests in securities
that are included in the index.
It is the funds policy
that under normal circumstances it will invest at least 90% of
its net assets in these securities. The fund will notify its
shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy.
The fund will generally give the same weight to a given security
as the index does. However, when the adviser believes it is
appropriate to do so, such as to avoid purchasing odd-lots
(
i.e.
, purchasing less than the usual number of shares
traded for a security), for tax considerations, or to address
liquidity considerations with respect to a security, the adviser
may cause the funds weighting of a security to be more or
less than the indexs weighting of the security. The fund
may sell securities that are represented in the index in
anticipation of their removal from the index.
Under normal circumstances, the fund may invest up to 10% of its
net assets in securities not included in its index. The
principal types of these investments include those that the
adviser believes will help the fund track the index, such as
investments in (a) securities that are not represented in
the index but the adviser anticipates will be added to or
removed from the index; (b) securities issued by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities,
including obligations that are not guaranteed by the
U.S. Treasury, and obligations that are issued by private
issuers that are guaranteed as to principal or interest by the
U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, and
(c) investment companies, including money market funds. The
fund may also invest in cash and cash equivalents, enter into
repurchase agreements, and may lend its securities to minimize
the difference in performance that naturally exists between an
index fund and its corresponding index.
The adviser may seek to track the price and yield performance of
the index by using statistical sampling techniques. These
techniques involve investing in a limited number of index
securities that, when taken together, are expected to perform
similarly to the index as a whole. These techniques are based on
a variety of factors, including industry weightings, market
capitalization, yield and other performance attributes,
maturity, duration, credit ratings, liquidity, tax
considerations, risk factors and other characteristics. The fund
generally expects that its portfolio will hold less than the
total number of securities in the index, but reserves the right
to hold as many securities as it believes necessary to achieve
the funds investment objective. The fund generally expects
that its yield and maturity will be similar to those of the
index. In addition, the fund generally expects that its weighted
average effective duration will closely correspond to the
weighted average effective duration of the index, which as of
June 30, 2010 was 5.28 years.
The adviser seeks to achieve, over time, a correlation between
the funds performance and that of its index, before fees
and expenses, of 95% or better. However, there can be no
guarantee that the fund will achieve a high degree of
correlation with the index. A number of factors may affect the
funds ability to achieve a high correlation with its
index, including the
3
Index
ownership
©
Barclays Capital Inc. 2010. All rights reserved. The Schwab
Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury ETF is not sponsored,
endorsed, sold or promoted by Barclays Capital. Barclays Capital
does not make any representation regarding the advisability of
investing in shares of the fund.
16
Fund details
degree to which the fund utilizes a sampling technique. The
correlation between the performance of the fund and its index
may also diverge due to transaction costs, asset valuations,
timing variances, and differences between the funds
portfolio and the index resulting from legal restrictions (such
as diversification requirements) that apply to the fund but not
to the index.
Principal
investment risks
The fund is subject to risks, any of which could cause an
investor to lose money.
Market Risk.
Bond markets rise and fall daily. As
with any investment whose performance is tied to these markets,
the value of your investment in the fund will fluctuate, which
means that you could lose money.
Investment Style Risk.
The fund is not actively
managed. Therefore, the fund follows the securities included in
the index during upturns as well as downturns. Because of its
indexing strategy, the fund does not take steps to reduce market
exposure or to lessen the effects of a declining market. In
addition, because of the funds expenses, the funds
performance is normally below that of the index.
Interest Rate Risk.
The fund is subject to the risk
that interest rates rise and fall over time. As with any
investment whose yield reflects current interest rates, the
funds yield will change over time. During periods when
interest rates are low, the funds yield (and total return)
also may be low. Changes in interest rates also may affect the
funds share price: a sharp rise in interest rates could
cause the funds share price to fall. The longer the
funds duration, the more sensitive to interest rate
movements its share price is likely to be.
Credit Risk.
The fund is subject to the risk that a
decline in the credit quality of a portfolio investment could
cause the fund to lose money or underperform. The fund could
lose money if the issuer of a portfolio investment fails to make
timely principal or interest payments or otherwise honor its
obligations. The negative perceptions of an issuers
ability to make such payments could also cause the price of that
investment to decline. The credit quality of the funds
portfolio holdings can change rapidly in certain market
environments and any default on the part of a single portfolio
investment could cause the funds share price or yield to
fall.
Although the fund invests primarily in U.S. Government
securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, which are
guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the
U.S. Government, the fund may also invest in securities
that are not guaranteed or insured by the U.S. Government.
Issuers of securities such as Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the
Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) maintain limited lines of credit
with the U.S. Treasury. Other securities, such as
obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding
Corporation (FFCB), are supported solely by the credit of the
issuer. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government
will provide financial support to securities of its agencies and
instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under law.
Also, any government guarantees on securities the fund owns do
not extend to shares of the fund itself. Any default on the part
of a portfolio investment could cause the funds share
price or yield to fall.
On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a
federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, placing the two
federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. The actions of the
U.S. Treasury are intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac maintain a positive net worth and meet their
financial obligations, preventing mandatory triggering of
receivership. No assurance can be given that the
U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.
Sampling Index Tracking Risk.
The fund may not fully
replicate the index and may hold securities not included in the
index. As a result, the fund is subject to the risk that the
advisers investment management strategy, the
implementation of which is subject to a number of constraints,
may not produce the intended results. Because the fund utilizes
a sampling approach it may not track the return of the index as
well as it would if the fund purchased all of the equity
securities in the index.
Tracking Error Risk.
The funds return may not
match the return of the index. For example, differences between
the funds securities and those in the index, rounding of
prices, changes to the index and regulatory requirements may
cause tracking error, the divergence of the funds
performance from that of its index. The fund may not be able to
invest in certain securities in its benchmark index, or match
the securities weighting to the benchmark, due to
regulatory, operational or liquidity constraints, which may
result in tracking error. The fund may attempt to offset the
effects of not being invested in certain index securities by
making substitute investments, but these efforts may not be
successful. The fund also incurs fees and expenses while the
index does not, which may result in tracking error.
Liquidity Risk.
Liquidity risk exists when
particular investments are difficult to purchase or sell. The
market for certain investments may become illiquid due to
specific adverse changes in the conditions of a particular
issuer or under adverse market or economic conditions
independent of the issuer. The funds investments in
illiquid securities may reduce the returns of the fund because
it may be unable to sell the illiquid securities at an
advantageous time or price. Further, transactions in illiquid
securities may entail transaction costs that are higher than
those for transactions in liquid securities
Fund details
17
Securities Lending Risk.
The fund may lend its
portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial
institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied,
including that the loan is fully collateralized. When the fund
lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will
continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities
loaned, and the fund will also receive a fee or interest on the
collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of
rights in the collateral or delay in recover of the collateral
if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes
insolvent. The fund will also bear the risk of any decline in
value of securities acquired with cash collateral. The fund may
pay lending fees to a party arranging the loan.
Market Trading Risk.
Although fund shares are listed
on national securities exchanges, there can be no assurance that
an active trading market for fund shares will develop or be
maintained. If an active market is not maintained, investors may
find it difficult to buy or sell fund shares. Trading of shares
of the fund on a stock exchange may be halted if exchange
officials deem such action appropriate, if the fund is delisted,
or if the activation of marketwide circuit breakers
halts stock trading generally. If the funds shares are
delisted, the fund may seek to list its shares on another
market, merge with another ETF, or redeem its shares at NAV.
Shares of the Fund May Trade at Prices Other Than
NAV.
As with all ETFs, fund shares may be bought and
sold in the secondary market at market prices. Although it is
expected that the market price of the shares of the fund will
approximate the funds NAV, there may be times when the
market price and the NAV vary significantly. Thus, you may pay
more than NAV when you buy shares of the fund in the secondary
market, and you may receive less than NAV when you sell those
shares in the secondary market.
The market price of fund shares during the trading day, like the
price of any exchange-traded security, includes a
bid/ask spread charged by the exchange specialist,
market makers or other participants that trade the fund shares.
The bid/ask spread on ETF shares is likely to be larger on ETFs
that are traded less frequently. In addition, in times of severe
market disruption, the bid/ask spread can increase
significantly. At those times, fund shares are most likely to be
traded at a discount to NAV, and the discount is likely to be
greatest when the price of shares is falling fastest, which may
be the time that you most want to sell your shares. The adviser
believes that, under normal market conditions, large market
price discounts or premiums to NAV will not be sustained because
of arbitrage opportunities.
Lack of Governmental Insurance or Guarantee.
An
investment in the fund is not a bank deposit and it is not
insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) or any other government agency.
Portfolio
holdings
A description of the funds policies and procedures with
respect to the disclosure of a funds portfolio securities
is available in the Statement of Additional Information.
18
Fund details
Fund
management
The investment adviser for the Schwab Fixed-Income ETFs is
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM or
the adviser), 211 Main Street,
San Francisco, CA 94105. Founded in 1989, the firm today
serves as investment adviser for all of the Schwab
Funds
®
,
Laudus
Funds
®
and Schwab
ETFs
tm
.
The firm has more than $187 billion under management. (All
figures on this page are as of 6/30/10.)
As the investment adviser, the firm oversees the asset
management and administration of the funds. As compensation for
these services, the firm receives a management fee from the
funds, expressed as a percentage of each funds average
daily net assets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab U.S.
TIPS
ETF
tm
|
|
0.14%
|
|
|
|
Schwab
Short-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
|
|
0.12%
|
|
|
|
Schwab
Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
|
|
0.12%
|
A discussion regarding the basis for the Board of Trustees
approval of the funds investment advisory agreements will
be available in the funds first annual
and/or
semi-annual report.
Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between the
adviser and each fund, the adviser will pay the operating
expenses of the fund, excluding interest expense, taxes, any
brokerage expenses, and extraordinary or non-routine expenses.
Dustin Lewellyn, CFA,
a managing director of the adviser,
oversees the investment advisers management of exchange
traded funds (ETF(s)). Prior to joining the firm in May 2009, he
worked for two years as director of ETF product management and
development at a major financial institution focused on asset
and wealth management. Prior to that, he was a portfolio manager
for institutional clients at a financial services firm for three
years. In addition, he held roles in portfolio operations and
product management at a large asset management firm for more
than 6 years.
Matthew Hastings, CFA,
a managing director and portfolio
manager of the investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility
for the co-management of the funds. He joined the firm in 1999
and has worked in fixed-income asset management since 1996.
Steven Chan,
a portfolio manager of the investment
adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the co-management of
the funds. He joined the firm in 1996 and has been performing
portfolio analytic and operational support since 2004 prior to
moving to his current role in 2007.
Brandon Matsui, CFA,
a portfolio manager of the
investment adviser, has day-to-day responsibility for the
co-management
of the funds. He joined the firm in June 2010. Prior to
joining the firm, he was an associate portfolio manager at a
large financial services firm for one year. Prior to that, he
was a risk analytics manager of institutional investor accounts
at a large investment management firm for four years.
Additional information about the portfolio managers
compensation, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers
and the portfolio managers ownership of securities in the
funds is available in the Statement of Additional Information.
Distributor.
The funds Distributor is SEI
Investments Distribution Co. The Distributor, located at
1 Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456, is a broker-dealer
registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC). The Distributor distributes Creation Units
for the funds and does not maintain a secondary market in shares
of the funds.
Fund management
19
Investing in
the funds
On the following pages, you will find information on buying and
selling shares. Most investors will invest in the funds by
placing orders through their brokerage account at Charles
Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab) or an account
with another broker/dealer or other intermediary. Authorized
Participants (as defined in Purchase and redemption of
creation units, below) may invest directly in the funds by
placing orders for Creation Units through the funds
Distributor (direct orders). Helpful information on taxes is
included as well.
Shares of the funds trade on national securities exchanges and
elsewhere during the trading day and can be bought and sold
throughout the trading day like other shares of publicly traded
securities. When buying or selling shares through a broker most
investors will incur customary brokerage commissions and
charges. In addition, you may incur the cost of the
spread that is, any difference between
the bid price and the ask price.
Shares of the funds trade under the following trading
symbols:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab U.S.
TIPS
ETF
tm
|
|
SCHP
|
|
|
|
Schwab
Short-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
|
|
SCHO
|
|
|
|
Schwab
Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
|
|
SCHR
|
Shares of the funds may be acquired or redeemed directly from
the funds only in Creation Units or multiples thereof; as
discussed in the Creation and redemption section
below. Once created, shares of the funds trade in the secondary
market in amounts less than a Creation Unit. The funds do not
impose any minimum investment for shares of the funds purchased
on an exchange or in the secondary market. Except when
aggregated in Creation Units, shares are not redeemable by the
funds.
Share trading
prices
As with other types of securities, the trading prices of shares
in the secondary market can be affected by market forces such as
supply and demand, economic conditions and other factors. The
price you pay or receive when you buy or sell your shares in the
secondary market may be more (a premium) or less (a discount)
than the NAV of such shares.
The approximate value of shares of the funds is disseminated
every fifteen seconds throughout the trading day by the national
securities exchange on which the funds are listed or by other
information providers. This approximate value should not be
viewed as a real-time update of the NAV, because the
approximate value may not be calculated in the same manner as
the NAV, which is computed once per day. The approximate value
generally is determined by using current market quotations
and/or
price
quotations obtained from broker-dealers that may trade in the
portfolio securities held by the funds. The funds and adviser
are not involved in, or responsible for, the calculation or
dissemination of the approximate value and make no warranty as
to its accuracy.
Determination of
net asset value
The NAV of the funds shares is calculated as of the close
of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange, generally
4:00 p.m. Eastern time, on each day the NYSE is open for
trading (each, a Business Day). NAV per share is
calculated by dividing the funds net assets by the number
of the funds shares outstanding.
In valuing their securities, the funds use market values if they
are readily available. In cases where market values are not
readily available, the funds may value securities based on fair
values developed using methods approved by the funds Board
of Trustees (described below). When valuing fixed income
securities with remaining maturities of more than 60 days,
the funds use the value of the security provided by pricing
services. The pricing services may value fixed income securities
at an evaluated price by employing methodologies that use actual
market transactions, broker-supplied valuations, or other
methodologies designed to identify the market value for such
securities. When valuing fixed income securities with remaining
maturities of 60 days or less, a fund may use the
securitys amortized cost, which approximates the
securitys market value.
The funds Board of Trustees has adopted procedures, which
include fair value methodologies, to fair value the funds
securities when market prices are not readily
available or are unreliable. For example, the funds may
fair value a security when a security is de-listed or its
trading is halted or suspended; when a securitys primary
pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when a
securitys primary trading market is closed during regular
market hours; or when a securitys value is materially
affected by events occurring after the close of the
securitys primary trading market. By fair valuing
securities whose prices may have been affected by events
occurring after the close of trading, the funds seek to
20
Investing in the funds
establish prices that investors might expect to realize upon the
current sales of these securities. The funds fair value
methodologies seek to ensure that the prices at which the
funds shares are purchased and redeemed are fair and do
not result in dilution of shareholder interest or other harm to
shareholders. Generally, when fair valuing a security, the funds
will take into account all reasonably available information that
may be relevant to a particular valuation including, but not
limited to, fundamental analytical data regarding the issuer,
information relating to the issuers business, recent
trades or offers of the security, general and specific market
conditions and the specific facts giving rise to the need to
fair value the security. The funds make fair value
determinations in good faith and in accordance with the fair
value methodologies included in the Board adopted valuation
procedures. Due to the subjective and variable nature of fair
value pricing, there can be no assurance that the funds could
obtain the fair value assigned to the security upon the sale of
such security.
Transactions in fund shares will be priced at NAV only if you
purchase or redeem shares directly from the funds in Creation
Units. Fund shares that are purchased or sold on a national
securities exchange will be effected at prevailing market
prices, which may be higher or lower than NAV, and may be
subject to brokerage commissions and charges. As described
below, purchases and redemptions of Creation Units will be
priced at the NAV next determined after receipt of the purchase
or redemption order.
Purchase and
redemption of creation units
Creation and
redemption
The shares that trade in the secondary market are
created at NAV. The funds issue and redeem shares
only in Creation Units, which are large blocks of shares,
typically 100,000 shares or more. Only institutional
investors, who have entered into an authorized participant
agreement (known as Authorized Participants) may
purchase or redeem Creation Units. Creation Units generally are
issued and redeemed in exchange for a specified basket of
securities approximating the holdings of the funds and a
designated amount of cash. Each Business Day, prior to the
opening of trading, the funds publish the specific securities
and designated amount of cash included in that days basket
for the funds through the National Securities Clearing
Corporation (NSCC) or other method of public
dissemination. The funds reserve the right to accept or pay out
a basket of securities or cash that differs from the published
basket. The prices at which creations and redemptions occur are
based on the next calculation of NAV after an order is received
and deemed acceptable by the Distributor. Orders from Authorized
Participants to create or redeem Creation Units will only be
accepted on a Business Day and are also subject to acceptance by
the funds and the Distributor.
Creations and redemptions must be made by an Authorized
Participant or through a firm that is either a member of the
Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC or a Depository
Trust Company participant, and in each case, must have executed
an agreement with the Distributor with respect to creations and
redemptions of Creation Unit aggregations. More information
about the procedures regarding creation and redemption of
Creation Units is included in the funds Statement of
Additional Information (SAI).
Authorized
participants and the continuous offering of shares
Because new shares may be created and issued on an ongoing
basis, at any point during the life of the funds, a
distribution, as such term is used in the Securities
Act of 1933 (Securities Act), may be occurring.
Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some
activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances,
result in them being deemed participants in a distribution in a
manner that could render them statutory underwriters and subject
to the prospectus-delivery and liability provisions of the
Securities Act. Nonetheless, any determination of whether one is
an underwriter must take into account all the relevant facts and
circumstances of each particular case.
Broker-dealers should also note that dealers who are not
underwriters, but are participating in a
distribution (as contrasted to ordinary secondary transactions),
and thus dealing with shares that are part of an unsold
allotment within the meaning of Section 4(3)(C) of
the Securities Act, would be unable to take advantage of the
prospectus delivery exemption provided by Section 4(3) of
the Securities Act. For delivery of prospectuses to exchange
members, the prospectus delivery mechanism of Rule 153
under the Securities Act is only available with respect to
transactions on a national securities exchange.
Creation and
redemption transaction fees for creation units
The funds may impose a creation transaction fee and a redemption
transaction fee to offset transfer and other transaction costs
associated with the issuance and redemption of Creation Units.
The creation and redemption transaction fees applicable to the
funds are listed below. The standard creation transaction fee is
charged to each purchaser on the day such purchaser creates a
Creation Unit. The standard fee is a single charge and will be
the amount indicated below regardless of the number of Creation
Units purchased by an investor on the same day. Similarly, the
standard redemption transaction fee will be the amount indicated
regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed that day.
The funds do
Investing in the
funds
21
not charge a standard creation or redemption transaction fee,
but may do so in the future. Purchasers and redeemers of
Creation Units for cash will be subject to an additional
variable charge up to the maximum amount shown in the table
below. This additional variable charge will offset the
transaction costs to the funds of buying or selling portfolio
securities. In addition, purchasers and redeemers of shares in
Creation Units are responsible for payment of the costs of
transferring securities to or out of the funds. From time to
time, the adviser may cover the cost of any transaction fees
when believed to be in the best interests of the funds.
The following table shows, as of July 26, 2010, the
approximate value of one Creation Unit of the funds, including
the standard and maximum additional creation and redemption
transaction fee. These fees are payable only by investors who
purchase shares directly from the funds. Retail investors who
purchase shares through their brokerage account will not pay
these fees. Investors who use the services of a broker or other
such intermediary may pay fees for such services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Approximate
Value
|
|
Creation/Redemption
|
|
Additional
Creation
|
|
Additional
Redemption
|
Name of
Fund
|
|
of One Creation
Unit
|
|
Transaction
Fee
|
|
Transaction
Fee*
|
|
Transaction
Fee*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab U.S.
TIPS
ETF
tm
|
|
$
|
10,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab
Short-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
|
|
$
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab
Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
|
|
$
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
*
|
As a percentage of
total amount invested or redeemed.
|
Transaction
policies
Policy regarding short-term or excessive
trading.
The funds have adopted policies and procedures
with respect to frequent purchases and redemptions of Creation
Units. However, because the funds are ETFs, only Authorized
Participants are authorized to purchase and redeem shares
directly with the funds. Because purchase and redemption
transactions with Authorized Participants are an essential part
of the ETF process and help keep ETF trading prices in line with
NAV, the funds accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions by
Authorized Participants. Frequent purchases and redemptions for
cash may increase index tracking error and portfolio transaction
costs and may lead to realization of capital gains. Frequent
in-kind creations and redemptions do not give rise to these
concerns. The funds reserve the right to reject any purchase
order at any time.
The funds reserve the right to impose restrictions on
disruptive, excessive, or short-term trading. Such trading is
defined by the funds as purchases and sales of fund shares in
amounts and frequency determined by the funds to be significant
and in a pattern of activity that can potentially be detrimental
to the funds and their shareholders, such as by diluting the
value of the shareholders holdings, increasing fund
transaction costs, disrupting portfolio management strategy,
incurring unwanted taxable gains, or forcing funds to hold
excess levels of cash. The funds may reject purchase or
redemption orders in such instances. The funds also impose a
transaction fee on Creation Unit transactions that is designed
to offset the funds transfer and other transaction costs
associated with the issuance and redemption of the Creation
Units. Although the funds have adopted policies and procedures
designed to discourage disruptive, excessive or short-term
trading, there can be no guarantee that the funds will be able
to identify and restrict investors that engage in such
activities or eliminate the risks associated with such
activities. In addition, the decisions to restrict trading are
inherently subjective and involve judgment in their application.
The funds may amend these policies and procedures in response to
changing regulatory requirements or to enhance their
effectiveness.
Investments by Registered Investment
Companies.
Section 12(d)(1) of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 restricts investments by registered
investment companies in the securities of other investment
companies, including shares of the funds. Registered investment
companies are permitted to invest in the funds beyond the limits
set forth in section 12(d)(1), subject to certain terms and
conditions set forth in an SEC exemptive order issued to the
Schwab Strategic Trust, including that such investment companies
enter into an agreement with the funds.
Distributions and
taxes
Any investment in the funds typically involves several tax
considerations.
The information below is meant as a
general summary for U.S. citizens and residents. Because
each persons tax situation is different, you should
consult your tax advisor about the tax implications of your
investment in a fund. You also can visit the Internal Revenue
Service (IRS) web site at www.irs.gov.
As a shareholder, you are entitled to your share of the
dividends and gains your fund earns.
Dividends from net
investment income, if any, are generally declared and paid
monthly for the funds. Distributions of net realized capital
22
Investing in the funds
gains, if any, generally are declared and paid once a year,
although the funds may do so more frequently as determined by
the Board of Trustees. Although it is not generally expected, if
the funds distributions exceed its realized taxable income
and capital gains during a taxable year, then all or a portion
of the distributions made during that year may be characterized
as a return of capital to shareholders. A return of capital
distribution generally will not be taxable but will reduce the
shareholders cost basis and result in a higher capital
gain or lower capital loss when those shares on which the
distribution was received are sold. Each fund reserves the right
to declare special distributions if, in its reasonable
discretion, such action is necessary or advisable to preserve
its status as a regulated investment company or to avoid
imposition of income or excise taxes on undistributed income or
realized gains. Dividends and other distributions on shares of
the funds are distributed on a pro rata basis to beneficial
owners of such shares. During the fourth quarter of the year,
typically in early November, an estimate of the funds
year-end distributions, if any, may be made available on the
funds website www.schwabetfs.com/prospectus.
Unless you are investing through an IRA, 401(k) or other
tax-advantaged retirement account, your fund distributions
generally have tax consequences.
Each funds net
investment income and short-term capital gains are distributed
as dividends and will be taxable as ordinary income. Other
capital gain distributions are taxable as long-term capital
gains, regardless of how long you have held your shares in the
fund. Distributions generally are taxable in the tax year in
which they are declared, whether you reinvest them or take them
in cash.
Generally, any sale of your shares is a taxable
event.
A sale of your shares may give rise to a gain or
loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable
disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain
or loss if the shares have been held for more than
12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable
disposition of shares will be treated as short-term capital gain
or loss. Absent further legislation, the reduced maximum rates
on qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will
cease to apply to taxable years beginning after
December 31, 2010. Any loss realized upon a taxable
disposition of shares held for six months or less will be
treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of
any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed
received) by you with respect to the shares. All or a portion of
any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be
disallowed if you purchase other substantially identical shares
within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a
case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted
to reflect the disallowed loss.
At the beginning of every year, the funds provide
shareholders with information detailing the tax status of any
distributions the funds paid during the previous calendar
year.
Schwab customers also receive information on
distributions and transactions in their monthly account
statements.
Adjustments for inflation to the principal amount of an
inflation-protected U.S. Treasury bond held by a fund may
be included for tax purposes in a funds gross income, even
though no cash attributable to such gross income has been
received by the fund. In such event, a fund may be required to
make annual distributions to shareholders that exceed the cash
it has otherwise received. To pay such distributions, a fund may
be required to raise cash by selling portfolio investments. The
sale of such investments could result in capital gains to a fund
and additional capital gain distributions to fund shareholders.
In addition, adjustments during the taxable year for deflation
to an inflation-indexed bond held by a fund may cause amounts
distributed in the taxable year as income to be characterized as
a return of capital.
If you are investing through a taxable account and purchase
shares of the funds just before it declares a distribution, you
may receive a portion of your investment back as a taxable
distribution. This is because when the funds make a
distribution, the share price is reduced by the amount of the
distribution. You can avoid buying a dividend, as it
is often called, by finding out if a distribution is imminent
and waiting until afterwards to invest. Of course, you may
decide that the opportunity to gain a few days of investment
performance outweighs the tax consequences of buying a dividend.
Taxes on creation
and redemption of creation units
An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation
Units generally will recognize a gain or a loss equal to the
difference between the market value of the Creation Units at the
time of the exchange and the sum of the exchangers
aggregate basis in the securities surrendered and the cash
component paid. A person who redeems Creation Units will
generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference
between the exchangers basis in the Creation Units and the
sum of the aggregate market value of the securities and the
amount of cash received for such Creation Units. The Internal
Revenue Service, however, may assert that a loss realized upon
an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted
currently under the rules governing wash sales, or
on the basis that there has been no significant change in
economic position. Persons exchanging securities for Creation
Units should consult a tax advisor with respect to whether wash
sale rules apply and when a loss might be deductible.
Investing in the
funds
23
Any capital gain or loss realized upon a redemption (or
creation) of Creation Units is generally treated as long-term
capital gain or loss if the funds shares (or securities
surrendered) have been held for more than one year and as
short-term capital gain or loss if the shares (or securities
surrendered) have been held for one year or less.
If you purchase or redeem Creation Units, you will be sent a
confirmation statement showing how many shares you purchased or
sold and at what price. Persons purchasing or redeeming Creation
Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the
tax treatment of any creation or redemption transaction.
Index
provider
CSIM has entered into a license agreement with Barclays
Capital Inc. to use the indexes. Fees payable under the license
agreement are paid by CSIM. Barclays Capital Inc. has no
obligation to continue to provide the indexes to CSIM beyond the
term of the license agreement.
Disclaimers
The Schwab U.S. TIPS
ETF
tm
,
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
and Schwab Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury
ETF
tm
(the funds) are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or
promoted by Barclays Capital. Barclays Capital makes no
representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of
the funds or any member of the public regarding the advisability
of investing in securities generally or in the funds
particularly or the ability of a Barclays Capital Index to track
general bond market performance. Barclays Capitals only
relationship to Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., the
funds investment manager (CSIM), and the funds
is the licensing of the Barclays Capital Indexes which are
determined, composed and calculated by Barclays Capital without
regard to CSIM or the funds. Barclays Capital has no obligation
to take the needs of CSIM, the funds, or the owners of the funds
into consideration in determining, composing or calculating a
Barclays Capital Index. Barclays Capital is not responsible for
and has not participated in the determination of the timing of,
prices at, or quantities of the funds to be issued. Barclays
Capital has no obligation or liability in connection with the
administration, marketing or trading of the funds.
BARCLAYS CAPITAL SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO THE FUNDS OR TO
THIRD PARTIES FOR THE QUALITY, ACCURACY AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF
THE INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR FOR INTERRUPTIONS IN
THE DELIVERY OF THE INDICES. BARCLAYS CAPITAL MAKES NO WARRANTY,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY CSIM, THE
OWNERS OF THE FUNDS OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE
OF THE INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH
THE RIGHTS LICENSED OR FOR ANY OTHER USE. BARCLAYS CAPITAL MAKES
NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS
ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED
THEREIN. BARCLAYS CAPITAL SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THE INDICES OR ANY DATA
INCLUDED THEREIN.
Shares of the funds are not sponsored, endorsed or promoted by
NYSE Arca, Inc. NYSE Arca makes no representation or warranty,
express or implied, to the owners of the shares of the funds or
any member of the public regarding the ability of a fund to
track the total return performance of its underlying index or
the ability of the underlying index to track stock or bond
market performance. NYSE Arca is not responsible for, nor has it
participated in, the determination of the compilation or the
calculation of any underlying index, nor in the determination of
the timing of, prices of, or quantities of shares of the funds
to be issued, nor in the determination or calculation of the
equation by which the shares are redeemable. NYSE Arca has no
obligation or liability to owners of the shares of the funds in
connection with the administration, marketing or trading of the
shares of the funds.
NYSE Arca shall have no liability for damages, claims, losses or
expenses caused by any errors, omissions, or delays in
calculating or disseminating any current index or portfolio
value; the current value of the portfolio of securities required
to be deposited to the funds; the amount of any dividend
equivalent payment or cash distribution to holders of shares of
the funds; net asset value; or other information relating to the
creation, redemption or trading of shares of the funds,
resulting from any negligent act or omission by NYSE Arca, or
any act, condition or cause beyond the reasonable control of
NYSE Arca, including, but not limited to, an act of God; fire;
flood; extraordinary weather conditions; war; insurrection;
riot; strike; accident; action of government; communications or
power failure; equipment or software malfunction; or any error,
omission or delay in the reporting of transactions in one or
more underlying securities. NYSE Arca makes no warranty, express
or implied, as to results to be obtained by any person or entity
from the use of any underlying index or data included therein
and NYSE Arca makes no express or implied warranties, and
disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a
particular purpose with respect to shares of the funds or any
underlying index or data included therein.
24
Investing in the funds
The funds and CSIM do not guarantee the accuracy
and/or
the
completeness of the indexes or any data included therein and
shall have no liability for any errors, omissions, or
interruptions therein. The funds and CSIM make no warranty,
express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the funds,
or any other person or entity from the use of the indexes or any
data included therein. The funds and CSIM make no express or
implied warranties, and expressly disclaims all warranties, of
merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose or use with
respect to the indexes or any data included therein, without
limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall the funds and
CSIM have any liability for any lost profits or indirect,
punitive, special or consequential damages (including lost
profits), even if notified of the possibility of such damages.
Investing in the
funds
25
To learn more
This prospectus
contains important information on the funds and should be read
and kept for reference. You also can obtain more information
from the following sources.
Annual and
semi-annual reports,
which are
mailed to current fund investors, contain more information about
the funds holdings and detailed financial information
about the funds. Annual reports also contain information from
the funds managers about strategies, recent market
conditions and trends and their impact on fund performance.
The
Statement of
Additional Information (SAI)
includes a more detailed
discussion of investment policies and the risks associated with
various investments. The SAI is incorporated by reference into
the prospectus, making it legally part of the prospectus.
For a free copy of
any of these documents or to request other information or ask
questions about the funds, call Schwab
ETFs
tm
at
1-800-435-4000.
In addition, you may visit Schwab ETFs web site at
www.schwabetfs.com/prospectus for a free copy of a prospectus,
SAI or an annual or semi-annual report.
The SAI, the
funds annual and semi-annual reports and other related
materials are available from the EDGAR Database on the
SECs web site
(http://www.sec.gov).
You can obtain copies of this information, after paying a
duplicating fee, by sending a request by
e-mail
to
publicinfo@sec.gov or by writing the Public Reference Section of
the SEC, Washington, D.C.
20549-1520.
You can also review and copy information about the funds,
including the funds SAI, at the SECs Public
Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Call
1-202-551-8090
for information on the operation of the SECs Public
Reference Room.
SEC File
Number
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab Strategic Trust
|
|
811-22311
|
Schwab
Fixed-Income ETFs
Prospectus
July 26,
2010
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Schwab Fixed-Income ETFs
|
|
|
Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF
|
|
SCHP
|
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF
|
|
SCHO
|
Schwab Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury ETF
|
|
SCHR
|
|
Principal U.S. Listing Exchange: NYSE Arca, Inc.
|
|
|
July 26, 2010
The Statement of Additional Information (SAI) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction
with the funds prospectus, dated July 26, 2010 (as amended from time to time). To obtain a free
copy of the prospectus, please contact Schwab ETFs at 1-800-435-4000. For TDD service call
1-800-345-2550. The prospectus also may be available on the Internet at:
http://www.schwabetfs.com/prospectus.
Each fund is a series of the Schwab Strategic Trust (the trust). The funds are part of the Schwab
complex of funds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES, STRATEGIES, RISKS AND LIMITATIONS
Investment Objectives
Each funds investment objective is not fundamental and therefore may be changed by the funds
board of trustees without shareholder approval.
The Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and expenses, the
price and yield performance of the Barclays Capital U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities
(TIPS) Index (Series L)
sm
.
The Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees and
expenses, the price and yield performance of the Barclays Capital U.S. 1-3 Year Treasury Bond Index
sm
.
The Schwab Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury ETF seeks to track as closely as possible, before fees
and expenses, the price and yield performance of the Barclays Capital U.S. 3-10 Year Treasury Bond
Index
sm
.
There is no guarantee the funds will achieve their investment objectives.
Description of Benchmark Indices
The Schwab U.S. TIPS ETFs benchmark index, Barclays Capital U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected
Securities (TIPS) Index (Series L)
sm
, includes all publicly-issued U.S.
Treasury inflation-protected securities (TIPS) that have at least one year remaining to maturity,
are rated investment grade and have $250 million or more of outstanding face value. TIPS are U.S.
Government securities issued by the U.S. Treasury that generate principal and interest payments
designed to adjust for and protect against inflation. The securities in the index must be
denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and non-convertible. The index is market
capitalization weighted and the securities in the index are updated on the last calendar day of
each month. As of June 30, 2010, there were 29 issues in the index.
The Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETFs benchmark index, Barclays Capital U.S. 1-3 Year Treasury
Bond Index
sm
, includes all publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a
remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year and less than three years, are rated
investment grade, and have $250 million or more of outstanding face value. The securities in the
index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and non-convertible. The index
excludes state and local government series bonds and coupon issues that have been stripped from
bonds. The index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the index are updated on
the last calendar day of each month. As of June 30, 2010 there were 61 issues in the index.
The Schwab Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury ETFs benchmark index, Barclays Capital U.S. 3-10 Year
Treasury Bond Index
sm
,
includes all publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities
that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to three years and less than ten years, are
rated investment grade, and have $250 million or more of outstanding face value. The securities in
the index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and non-convertible. The index
excludes state and local government series bonds and coupon issues that have been stripped from
bonds. The index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the index are updated on
the last calendar day of each month. As of June 30, 2010, there were 82 issues in the index.
Index Providers and Disclaimers
The funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by Barclays Capital. Barclays Capital makes
no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the funds or any member of the
public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the funds particularly
or the ability of a Barclays Capital Index to track general bond market performance. Barclays
Capitals only relationship to the funds and the investment adviser is the licensing of each
Barclays Capital Index which is determined, composed and calculated by Barclays Capital without
regard to the funds and the investment adviser. Barclays Capital has no obligation to take the
needs of the funds, the investment adviser, or the owners of the funds into consideration in
determining, composing or calculating a Barclays Capital Index. Barclays Capital is not responsible
for and has not participated in the determination of the timing of, prices at, or quantities of the
shares of the funds to be issued. Barclays Capital has no obligation or liability in connection
with the administration, marketing or trading of the funds.
2
BARCLAYS CAPITAL SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY TO THE FUNDS OR TO THIRD PARTIES FOR THE QUALITY, ACCURACY
AND/OR COMPLETENESS OF THE INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN OR FOR INTERRUPTIONS IN THE
DELIVERY OF THE INDICES. BARCLAYS CAPITAL MAKES NO WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO RESULTS TO
BE OBTAINED BY THE FUNDS, OWNERS OF THE FUNDS OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE
INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THE RIGHTS LICENSED OR FOR ANY OTHER USE.
BARCLAYS CAPITAL MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE WITH RESPECT TO THE
INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN. BARCLAYS CAPITAL SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES,
INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, RESULTING FROM THE USE OF THE
INDICES OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.
Shares of the funds are not sponsored, endorsed or promoted by NYSE Arca Inc. NYSE Arca makes no
representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of the shares of the funds or any
member of the public regarding the ability of the funds to track the total return performance of
any underlying index or the ability of the underlying index to track stock or bond market
performance. NYSE Arca is not responsible for, nor has it participated in, the determination of the
compilation or the calculation of an underlying index, nor in the determination of the timing of,
prices of, or quantities of shares of the funds to be issued, nor in the determination or
calculation of the equation by which the shares are redeemable. NYSE Arca has no obligation or
liability to owners of the shares of the funds in connection with the administration, marketing or
trading of the shares of the funds.
NYSE Arca shall have no liability for damages, claims, losses or expenses caused by any errors,
omissions, or delays in calculating or disseminating any current index or portfolio value the
current value of the portfolio of securities required to be deposited to the funds; the amount of
any dividend equivalent payment or cash distribution to holders of shares of the funds; net asset
value; or other information relating to the creation, redemption or trading of shares of the funds,
resulting from any negligent act or omission by NYSE Arca, or any act, condition or cause beyond
the reasonable control of NYSE Arca, including, but not limited to, an act of God; fire; flood;
extraordinary weather conditions; war; insurrection; riot; strike; accident; action of government;
communications or power failure; equipment or software malfunction; or any error, omission or delay
in the reporting of transactions in one or more underlying securities. NYSE Arca makes no warranty,
express or implied, as to results to be obtained by any person or entity from the use of any
underlying index or data included therein and NYSE Arca makes no express or implied warranties, and
disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose with respect to
shares of the funds or any underlying index or data included therein.
Fund Investment Policies
The following investment policies may be changed by the funds Board without shareholder approval.
The Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of its net assets
in the securities of its benchmark index. The fund will notify its shareholders at least 60 days
before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets plus the
amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least 90% of
its net assets in the securities of its benchmark index. The fund will notify its shareholders at
least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets mean net assets
plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
The Schwab
Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury ETF will, under normal circumstances, invest at least
90% of its net assets in the securities of its benchmark index. The fund will notify its
shareholders at least 60 days before changing this policy. For purposes of this policy, net assets
mean net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes.
Investments, Risks and Limitations
The following investment strategies, risks and limitations supplement those set forth in the
prospectus and may be changed without shareholder approval unless otherwise noted. Also, policies
and limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested in a security or
other asset, or that set forth a quality standard, shall be measured immediately after and as a
result of a funds acquisition of such security or asset unless otherwise noted. Thus, except with
respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent change in
values, net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it could
not then make the same investment.
Principal Investment Strategy Investments
Unless otherwise indicated, the following investments may be used as part of each funds
principal investment strategy.
3
Diversification
involves investing in a wide range of securities and thereby spreading and reducing
the risks of investment. Each fund is a series of an open-end investment management company with
limited redeemability. The funds are diversified exchange traded funds. Diversification does not
eliminate the risk of market loss.
Duration
was developed as a more precise alternative to the concept of maturity. Traditionally, a
debt obligations maturity has been used as a proxy for the sensitivity of the securitys price to
changes in interest rates (which is the interest rate risk or volatility of the security).
However, maturity measures only the time until a debt obligation provides its final payment, taking
no account of the pattern of the securitys payments prior to maturity. In contrast, duration
incorporates a bonds yield, coupon interest payments, final maturity, call and put features and
prepayment exposure into one measure. Duration is the magnitude of the change in the price of a
bond relative to a given change in market interest rates. Duration management is one of the
fundamental tools used by the investment adviser.
Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt obligation on a present value basis. Duration
takes the length of the time intervals between the present time and the time that the interest and
principal payments are scheduled or, in the case of a callable bond, the time the principal
payments are expected to be received, and weights them by the present values of the cash to be
received at each future point in time. For debt obligations with interest payments occurring prior
to the payment of principal, duration will usually be less than maturity. In general, all else
being equal, the lower the stated or coupon rate of the interest of a fixed income security, the
longer the duration of the security; conversely, the higher the stated or coupon rate of a fixed
income security, the shorter the duration of the security.
Holding long futures or call option positions will lengthen the duration of a funds portfolio.
Holding short futures or put options will shorten the duration of a funds portfolio. A swap
agreement on an asset or group of assets may affect the duration of the portfolio depending on the
attributes of the swap. For example, if the swap agreement provides a fund with a floating rate of
return in exchange for a fixed rate of return, the duration of the fund would be modified to
reflect the duration attributes of a similar security that the fund is permitted to buy.
There are some situations where even the standard duration calculation does not properly reflect
the interest rate exposure of a security. For example, floating- and variable-rate securities often
have final maturities of ten or more years; however, their interest rate exposure corresponds to
the frequency of the coupon reset. Another example where the interest rate exposure is not properly
captured by maturity is mortgage pass-through securities. The stated final maturity of such
securities is generally 30 years, but current prepayment rates are more critical in determining the
securities interest rate exposure. Finally, the duration of the debt obligation may vary over time
in response to changes in interest rates and other market factors.
Exchange Traded Funds
(ETFs) such as the funds or Standard and Poors Depositary Receipts
(SPDRs) Trust, are investment companies that typically are registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 (1940 Act) as open-end funds, as is the funds case, or unit investment
trusts (UITs). ETFs are actively traded on national securities exchanges and are generally based
on specific domestic and foreign market indices. Shares of an ETF may be bought and sold through
the day at market prices, which may be higher or lower than the shares net asset value. An
index-based ETF seeks to track the performance of an index holding in its portfolio either the
contents of the index or a representative sample of the securities in the index. Because ETFs are
based on an underlying basket of securities or an index, they are subject to the same market
fluctuations as these types of securities in volatile market swings. ETFs, like mutual funds, have
expenses associated with their operation, including advisory fees. When a fund invests in an ETF,
in addition to directly bearing expenses associated with its own operations, it will bear a pro
rata portion of the ETFs expenses. As with any exchange listed security, ETF shares purchased in
the secondary market are subject to customary brokerage charges.
Indexing Strategies
involve tracking the securities represented in, and therefore the performance
of, an index. Each fund normally will invest primarily in the securities of its index. Moreover,
each fund seeks to invest so that its portfolio performs similarly to that of its index. Each fund
will seek a correlation between its performance and that of its index of 0.95 or better.
Correlation for each fund is calculated daily, according to a mathematical formula (R-squared)
that measures correlation between a funds portfolio and benchmark index returns. A perfect
correlation of 1.0 is unlikely as the funds incur operating and trading expenses unlike their
indices. The Board will monitor each funds correlation to its index on a periodic basis. If
determined to be in the best interest of a fund and its shareholders, the Board may determine to
substitute a different index for the index a fund currently tracks, such determination to be made
by the Board based on its evaluation of all pertinent facts and circumstances, including the review
of any period(s) of time for which a fund did not achieve its intended correlation and the reasons
for such non-correlation. The Board has not established any particular time period of
non-correlation that would cause the Board to automatically consider substituting a different index
for the index a fund currently tracks.
4
Inflation Protected Securities
(Principal investments for the Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF. Permissible
non-principal investments for each other fund). Inflation protected securities are fixed income
securities whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures
are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation
into the principal value of the bond. Other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index (CPI) accruals
as part of a semiannual coupon. Inflation protected securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have
maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with
other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a
semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation adjusted principal amount.
If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation
protected bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these
securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of
the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed by the U.S.
Treasury in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation.
However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. A fund may
also invest in other inflation related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a
guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond to be repaid at
maturity may be less than the original principal amount and, therefore, is subject to credit risk.
The value of inflation protected bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real
interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest
rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than
nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of
inflation protected bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than
inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation protected
bonds. While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends,
short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to
reasons other than inflation, investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that
the increase is not reflected in the bonds inflation measure.
The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation protected bonds is tied to the non-seasonally adjusted
U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (CPI-U), published monthly
by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of
living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy.
Any increase in principal for an inflation protected security resulting from inflation adjustments
is considered by the IRS to be taxable income in the year it occurs. The funds distributions to
shareholders include interest income and the income attributable to principal adjustments, both of
which will be taxable to shareholders. The tax treatment of the income attributable to principal
adjustments may result in the situation where a fund needs to make its required annual
distributions to shareholders in amounts that exceed the cash received. As a result, a fund may
need to liquidate certain investments when it is not advantageous to do so. Also, if the principal
value of an inflation protected security is adjusted downward due to deflation, amounts previously
distributed in the taxable year may be characterized in some circumstances as a return of capital.
The securities in the Schwab U.S. TIPS ETFs benchmark index include all publicly-issued U.S.
Treasury inflation-protected securities that have at least one year remaining to maturity, are
rated investment grade and have $250 million or more of outstanding face value. The securities
must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and non-convertible. TIPS are publicly
issued, dollar denominated U.S. Government securities issued by the U.S. Treasury that have
principal and interest payments linked to official inflation measure (as measured by the Consumer
Price Index, or CPI) and their payments are supported by the full faith and credit of the United
States.
Interest Rates
may rise and fall over time, and debt securities will experience price changes when
interest rates change. For example, when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities
generally rise. If interest rates move sharply in a manner not anticipated by the funds investment
manager, the value of a funds debt securities could be adversely impacted and the fund could lose
money. The value of debt securities in the funds can be expected to vary inversely with changes in
prevailing interest rates. In general, debt securities with longer maturities will tend to react
to interest rate changes more severely than shorter-term debt securities, but will generally offer
greater rates of interest.
During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain debt securities is extended
because of slower than expected principal payments. This may lock in below-market interest rates
and extend the duration of these debt securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest
rates. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt securities to depreciate as
a result of the higher market interest rates. Debt securities also are subject to the risk that
the issuers will not make timely interest and/or principal payments or fail to make them at all.
This is called credit risk. Debt instruments also may be subject to price volatility due to market
perception of future interest rates, the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market
liquidity (market risk).
5
Maturity of Investments
will generally be determined using the portfolio securities final maturity
dates. However for certain securities, maturity will be determined using the securitys effective
maturity date. Except as discussed below, the effective maturity date for a security subject to a
put or demand feature is the demand date, unless the security is a variable- or floating-rate
security. If it is a variable-rate security, its effective maturity date is the earlier of its
demand date or next interest rate change date. For variable rate securities not subject to a put or
demand feature and floating-rate securities, the effective maturity date is the next interest rate
change date. For an interest rate swap agreement, its effective maturity would be equal to the
difference in the effective maturity of the interest rates swapped. Securities being hedged with
futures contracts may be deemed to have a longer maturity, in the case of purchases of future
contracts, and a shorter maturity, in the case of sales of futures contracts, than they would
otherwise be deemed to have. In addition, a security that is subject to redemption at the option of
the issuer on a particular date (call date), which is prior to, or in lieu of, the securitys
stated maturity, may be deemed to mature on the call date rather than on its stated maturity date.
The call date of a security will be used to calculate average portfolio maturity when the
investment adviser reasonably anticipates, based upon information available to it, that the issuer
will exercise its right to redeem the security. The average portfolio maturity of a fund is
dollar-weighted based upon the amortized cost of a funds securities at the time of the
calculation.
Money Market Securities
are high-quality, short term debt securities that may be issued by entities
such as the U.S. government, corporations and financial institutions (like banks). Money market
securities include commercial paper, certificates of deposit, bankers acceptances, notes and time
deposits. Certificates of deposit and time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking
institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. Bankers acceptances are
credit instruments evidencing a banks obligation to pay a draft drawn on it by a customer. These
instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the drawer to pay the full amount of the
instrument upon maturity. Commercial paper consists of short term, unsecured promissory notes
issued to finance short term credit needs.
Money market securities pay fixed, variable or floating rates of interest and are generally subject
to credit and interest rate risks. The maturity date or price of and financial assets
collateralizing a security may be structured to make it qualify as or act like a money market
security. These securities may be subject to greater credit and interest rate risks than other
money market securities because of their structure. Money market securities may be issued with puts
or sold separately, sometimes called demand features or guarantees, which are agreements that allow
the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the seller or put provider. When a
fund buys a put, losses could occur as a result of the costs of the put or if it exercises its
rights under the put and the put provider does not perform as agreed.
A fund may keep a portion of its assets in cash for business operations. To reduce the effect this
otherwise uninvested cash would have on its performance, a fund may invest in money market
securities. A fund may also invest in money market securities to the extent it is consistent with
its investment objective.
Securities Lending
of portfolio securities is a common practice in the securities industry. A fund
may engage in security lending arrangements. For example, a fund may receive cash collateral, and
it may invest it in short term, interest-bearing obligations, but will do so only to the extent
that it will not lose the tax treatment available to regulated investment companies. Lending
portfolio securities involves risks that the borrower may fail to return the securities or provide
additional collateral. Also, voting rights with respect to the loaned securities may pass with the
lending of the securities.
A fund may loan portfolio securities to qualified broker-dealers or other institutional investors
provided: (1) the loan is secured continuously by collateral consisting of U.S. government
securities, letters of credit, cash or cash equivalents or other appropriate instruments maintained
on a daily marked-to-market basis in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the
securities loaned; (2) a fund may at any time call the loan and obtain the return of the securities
loaned; (3) a fund will receive any interest or dividends paid on the loaned securities; and (4)
the aggregate market value of securities loaned will not at any time exceed one-third of the total
assets of a fund, including collateral received from the loan (at market value computed at the time
of the loan).
Although voting rights with respect to loaned securities pass to the borrower, the lender retains
the right to recall a security (or terminate a loan) for the purpose of exercising the securitys
voting rights. Efforts to recall such securities promptly may be unsuccessful, especially for
foreign securities or thinly traded securities such as small-cap stocks. In addition, because
recalling a security may involve expenses to a fund, it is expected that a fund will do so only
where the items being voted upon are, in the judgment of the investment adviser, either material to
the economic value of the security or threaten to materially impact the issuers corporate
governance policies or structure.
Securities of Other Investment Companies
.
Investment companies generally offer investors the
advantages of diversification and professional investment management, by combining shareholders
money and investing it in securities such as stocks, bonds and money market instruments. Investment
companies include: (1) open-end funds (commonly called mutual funds) that issue and redeem their
shares on a continuous basis; (2) closed-end funds that offer a fixed number of shares, and are
usually listed on an exchange; and
6
(3) unit investment trusts that generally offer a fixed number of redeemable shares. Certain
open-end funds, closed-end funds and unit investment trusts are traded on exchanges.
Investment companies may make investments and use techniques designed to enhance their performance.
These may include delayed-delivery and when-issued securities transactions; swap agreements; buying
and selling futures contracts, illiquid, and/or restricted securities and repurchase agreements;
and borrowing or lending money and/or portfolio securities. The risks of investing in a particular
investment company will generally reflect the risks of the securities in which it invests and the
investment techniques it employs. Also, investment companies charge fees and incur expenses.
The funds may buy securities of other investment companies in compliance with the requirements of
federal law or any SEC exemptive order. A fund may invest in investment companies that are not
registered with the SEC or privately placed securities of investment companies (which may or may
not be registered), such as hedge funds. Unregistered funds are largely exempt from the regulatory
requirements that apply to registered investment companies. As a result, unregistered funds may
have a greater ability to make investments, or use investment techniques, that offer a higher
potential investment return (for example, leveraging), but which may carry high risk. Unregistered
funds, while not regulated by the SEC like registered funds, may be indirectly supervised by the
financial institutions (e.g., commercial and investment banks) that may provide them with loans or
other sources of capital. Investments in unregistered funds may be difficult to sell, which could
cause a fund selling an interest in an unregistered fund to lose money. For example, many hedge
funds require their investors to hold their investments for at least one year.
Federal law restricts the ability of one registered investment company to invest in another. As a
result, the extent to which a fund may invest in another investment company may be limited. With
respect to investments in other mutual funds, the SEC has granted the funds an exemption from the
limitations of the 1940 Act that restrict the amount of securities of underlying mutual funds a
fund may hold, provided that certain conditions are met. The conditions requested by the SEC were
designed to address certain abuses perceived to be associated with funds of funds, including
unnecessary costs (such as sales loads, advisory fees and administrative costs), and undue
influence by a fund of funds over the underlying fund. The conditions apply only when a fund and
its affiliates in the aggregate own more than 3% of the outstanding shares of any one underlying
fund.
Under the terms of the exemptive order, each fund and its affiliates may not control a
non-affiliated underlying fund. Under the 1940 Act, any person who owns beneficially, either
directly or through one or more controlled companies, more than 25% of the voting securities of a
company is assumed to control that company. This limitation is measured at the time the investment
is made.
U.S. Government Securities
are issued by the U.S. Treasury or issued or guaranteed by the U.S.
government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities. Not all U.S. government securities are
backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. Some U.S. government securities, such as
those issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association (known as Fannie Mae), Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation (known as Freddie Mac), the Student Loan Marketing Association (known as
Sallie Mae), and the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by a line of credit the issuing entity
has with the U.S. Treasury. Others are supported solely by the credit of the issuing agency or
instrumentality such as obligations issued by the Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation.
There can be no assurance that the U.S. government will provide financial support to U.S.
government securities of its agencies and instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so under
law. Of course U.S. government securities, including U.S. Treasury securities, are among the safest
securities, however, not unlike other debt securities, they are still sensitive to interest rate
changes, which will cause their yields and prices to fluctuate.
On September 7, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced a federal takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac,
placing the two federal instrumentalities in conservatorship. Under the takeover, the U.S.
Treasury agreed to acquire $1 billion of senior preferred stock of each instrumentality and
obtained warrants for the purchase of common stock of each instrumentality. Under these Senior
Preferred Stock Purchase Agreements (SPAs), the U.S. Treasury has pledged to provide up to $100
billion per instrumentality as needed, including the contribution of cash capital to the
instrumentalities in the event their liabilities exceed their assets. On May 6, 2009, the U.S.
Treasury increased its maximum commitment to each instrumentality under the SPAs to $200 billion
per instrumentality. On December 24, 2009, the U.S. Treasury further amended the SPAs to allow the
cap on Treasurys funding commitment to increase as necessary to accommodate any cumulative
reduction in Fannie Maes and Freddie Macs net worth through the end of 2012. At the conclusion
of 2012, the remaining U.S. Treasury commitment will then be fully available to be drawn per the
terms of the SPAs. In December 2009, the U.S. Treasury also amended the SPAs to provide Fannie Mae
and Freddie Mac with some additional flexibility to meet the requirement to reduce their mortgage
portfolios.
The actions of the U.S. Treasury are intended to ensure that Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac maintain a
positive net worth and meet their financial obligations preventing mandatory triggering of
receivership. No assurance can be given that the U.S. Treasury initiatives will be successful.
7
Non-Principal Investment Strategy Investments
The following investments may be used as part of each funds non-principal investment
strategy:
Bankers Acceptances
or notes are credit instruments evidencing a banks obligation to pay a draft
drawn on it by a customer. These instruments reflect the obligation both of the bank and of the
drawer to pay the full amount of the instrument upon maturity. A fund will invest only in bankers
acceptances of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate in excess of
$100 million.
Borrowing
.
A fund may borrow money from banks or through the Schwab Funds interfund borrowing and
lending facility (as described below) for any purpose in an amount up to 1/3 of the funds total
assets (not including temporary borrowings). A fund may also borrow for temporary or emergency
purposes; for example, a fund may borrow at times to meet redemption requests rather than sell
portfolio securities to raise the necessary cash. A borrowing is presumed to be for temporary or
emergency purposes if it is (a) not in excess of 5% of a funds total assets; (b) repaid by a fund
within 60 days; and (c) not extended or renewed. Provisions of the 1940 Act, as amended, require
the funds to maintain continuous asset coverage (that is, total assets including borrowings, less
liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of 300% of the amount borrowed, with an exception for
temporary borrowings. If the 300% asset coverage should decline as a result of market fluctuations
or other reasons, the funds may be required to sell some of its portfolio holdings within three
days (not including Sundays and holidays) to reduce the debt and restore the 300% asset coverage,
even though it may be disadvantageous from an investment standpoint to sell securities at that
time.
The funds borrowings will be subject to interest costs. Borrowing can also involve leveraging when
securities are purchased with the borrowed money. Leveraging creates interest expenses that can
exceed the income from the assets purchased with the borrowed money. In addition, leveraging may
magnify changes in the net asset value of a funds shares and in its portfolio yield. A fund will
earmark or segregate assets to cover such borrowings in accordance with positions of the Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC). If assets used to secure a borrowing decrease in value, a fund may
be required to pledge additional collateral to avoid liquidation of those assets.
A fund may also establish lines-of-credit (lines) with certain banks by which it may borrow funds
for temporary or emergency purposes. A fund may use the lines to meet large or unexpected
redemptions that would otherwise force a fund to liquidate securities under circumstances which are
unfavorable to a funds remaining shareholders. A fund will pay a fee to the bank for using the
lines.
Certificates of Deposit
or time deposits are issued against funds deposited in a banking
institution for a specified period of time at a specified interest rate. A fund will invest only in
certificates of deposit of banks that have capital, surplus and undivided profits in the aggregate
in excess of $100 million.
Commercial Paper
consists of short term, promissory notes issued by banks, corporations and other
institutions to finance short term credit needs. These securities generally are discounted but
sometimes may be interest bearing. Commercial paper, which also may be unsecured, is subject to
credit risk.
Corporate Debt Securities
are obligations issued by domestic corporations to raise money. They are
basically IOUs, but are commonly referred to as bonds or money market securities. These
securities normally require the issuer to pay a fixed, variable or floating rate of interest on the
amount of money borrowed (principal) until it is paid back upon maturity.
Debt securities experience price changes when interest rates change. For example, when interest
rates fall, the prices of debt securities generally rise. Also, issuers tend to pre-pay their
outstanding debts and issue new ones paying lower interest rates.
Conversely, in a rising interest rate environment, prepayment on outstanding debt securities
generally will not occur. This is known as extension risk and may cause the value of debt
securities to depreciate as a result of the higher market interest rates. Typically,
longer-maturity securities react to interest rate changes more severely than shorter-term
securities (all things being equal), but generally offer greater rates of interest.
Debt securities also are subject to the risk that the issuers will not make timely interest and/or
principal payments or fail to make them at all. This is called credit risk. Debt instruments also
may be subject to price volatility due to market perception of future interest rates, the
creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity (market risk). Investment-grade debt
securities are considered medium- or/and high-quality securities, although some still possess
varying degrees of speculative characteristics and risks.
The funds will limit their investments in corporate debt securities to those that are rated
investment-grade, which means that the securities are rated by at least one Nationally Recognized
Statistical Rating Organization (NRSRO), such as Standard & Poors Corporation, Moodys Investors
Service, Fitch, Inc. or Dominion Bond Rating Service, in one of the four highest rating categories
8
(within which there may be sub-categories or gradations indicating relative standing). See Appendix
A for a description of the ratings. The ratings of NRSROs represent their opinions as to the
quality of the securities. It should be emphasized, however, that these ratings are general and are
not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, obligations with the same rating, maturity and
interest rate may have different market prices. Further, NRSROs may have conflicts of interest
relating to the issuance of a credit rating and such conflicts may affect the integrity of the
credit rating process or the methodologies used to develop credit ratings for securities. Such
conflicts may include, but are not limited to, NRSROs being paid by issuers or underwriters to
determine the credit ratings with respect to the securities they issue or underwrite, NRSROs being
paid by issuers and underwriters for services in addition to the NRSROs determination of credit
ratings; allowing persons with the NRSRO to directly own securities or money market instruments of,
or having other direct ownership interests in, issuers or obligors subject to a credit rating
determined by the NRSRO; and allowing persons within the NRSRO to have a business relationship that
is more than an arms length ordinary course of business relationship with issuers or obligors
subject to a credit rating determined by the NRSRO.
In addition, credit ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuance. While the
rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so,
and the ratings given to securities at issuance do not necessarily represent ratings that would be
given to these securities on a particular subsequent date. Accordingly, investors should note that
the assignment of a rating to a security by a rating service may not reflect the effect of recent
developments on the issuers ability to make interest and principal payments.
Credit and Liquidity Supports
or enhancements may be employed by issuers to reduce the credit risk
of their securities. Credit supports include letters of credit, insurance and guarantees provided
by domestic entities. Liquidity supports include puts, demand features, and lines of credit. Most
of these arrangements move the credit risk of an investment from the issuer of the security to the
support provider. Changes in the credit quality of a support provider could cause losses to a fund.
Delayed-Delivery Transactions
include purchasing and selling securities on a delayed-delivery or
when-issued basis. These transactions involve a commitment to buy or sell specific securities at a
predetermined price or yield, with payment and delivery taking place after the customary settlement
period for that type of security. When purchasing securities on a delayed-delivery basis, a fund
assumes the rights and risks of ownership, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations.
Typically, no interest will accrue to a fund until the security is delivered. A fund will earmark
or segregate appropriate liquid assets to cover its delayed-delivery purchase obligations. When a
fund sells a security on a delayed-delivery basis, a fund does not participate in further gains or
losses with respect to that security. If the other party to a delayed-delivery transaction fails to
deliver or pay for the securities, a fund could suffer losses.
Demand Features
, which may include guarantees, are used to shorten a securitys effective maturity
and/or enhance its creditworthiness. If a demand feature provider were to refuse to permit the
features exercise or otherwise terminate its obligations with respect to such feature, however,
the securitys effective maturity may be lengthened substantially, and/or its credit quality may be
adversely impacted. In either event, a fund may experience an increase in share price volatility.
This also could lengthen a funds overall average effective maturity.
Derivative Instruments
are commonly defined to include securities or contracts whose values depend
on (or derive from) the value of one or more other assets such as securities, currencies, or
commodities. These other assets are commonly referred to as underlying assets. The types of
derivatives that may be used by the funds are futures, swaps, options, and options on futures. A
future is an agreement to buy or sell a financial instrument at a specific price on a specific day.
A swap is an agreement whereby two parties agree to exchange payment streams calculated in relation
to a rate, index, instrument or certain securities and a predetermined amount. An option is the
right to buy or sell an instrument at a specific price before a specific date.
A derivative instrument generally consists of, is based upon, or exhibits characteristics similar
to options or forward contracts. Options and forward contracts are considered to be the basic
building blocks of derivatives. For example, forward-based derivatives include forward contracts,
as well as exchange-traded futures. Option-based derivatives include privately negotiated,
over-the-counter (OTC) options (including caps, floors, collars, and options on forward and swap
contracts) and exchange-traded options on futures. Diverse
types of derivatives may be created by combining options or forward contracts in different ways,
and applying these structures to a wide range of underlying assets. Risk management strategies
include investment techniques designed to facilitate the sale of portfolio securities, manage the
average duration of the portfolio or create or alter exposure to certain asset classes, such as
equity, other debt or foreign securities.
A funds use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the
risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Certain
of these risks, such as credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk, are discussed in the funds
prospectus. A funds use of derivatives may also give rise to a form of leverage and may expose
the fund to greater risk. Leverage tends to magnify the effect of any decrease or increase in the
value of the funds portfolio securities. The use of
9
leverage may cause a fund to liquidate portfolio positions when it would not be advantageous to do
so in order to satisfy its obligations. A funds use of derivatives is also subject to lack of
availability risk, valuation risk, correlation risk and tax risk. Lack of availability risk is the
risk that suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances for risk
management or other purposes. Valuation risk is the risk that a particular derivative may be valued
incorrectly. Correlation risk is the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not
correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. Tax risk is the risk that the use of
derivatives may cause the fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gain. These risks
could cause the funds to lose more than the principal amount invested.
Fixed Time Deposits
are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at
a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to
early withdrawal penalties, which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity
of the obligation. There are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial
interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. A
fund will not invest in fixed time deposits, which (1) are not subject to prepayment or (2) provide
for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits) if, in the aggregate, more
than 15% of its net assets would be invested in such deposits, repurchase agreements maturing in
more than seven days and other illiquid assets.
Futures Contracts
are instruments that represent an agreement between two parties that obligates
one party to buy, and the other party to sell, specific instruments at an agreed-upon price on a
stipulated future date. In the case of futures contracts relating to an index or otherwise not
calling for physical delivery at the close of the transaction, the parties usually agree to deliver
the final cash settlement price of the contract. A fund may purchase and sell futures contracts
based on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies, interest rates, or any other
futures contracts traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that the Commodities Future Trading
Commission (CFTC) licenses and regulates on foreign exchanges. Consistent with CFTC regulations,
the trust has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term commodity pool operator under
the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool
operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.
A fund must maintain a small portion of its assets in cash to process shareholder transactions in
and out of it and to pay its expenses. To reduce the effect this otherwise uninvested cash would
have on its performance, a fund may purchase futures contracts. Such transactions allow a funds
cash balance to produce a return similar to that of the underlying security or index on which the
futures contract is based. Also, a fund may purchase or sell futures contracts on a specified
foreign currency to fix the price in U.S. dollars of the foreign security it has acquired or sold
or expects to acquire or sell. A fund may enter into futures contracts for other reasons as well.
When buying or selling futures contracts, a fund must place a deposit with its broker equal to a
fraction of the contract amount. This amount is known as initial margin and must be in the form
of liquid debt instruments, including cash, cash-equivalents and U.S. government securities.
Subsequent payments to and from the broker, known as variation margin may be made daily, if
necessary, as the value of the futures contracts fluctuate. This process is known as
marking-to-market. The margin amount will be returned to a fund upon termination of the futures
contracts assuming all contractual obligations are satisfied. Because margin requirements are
normally only a fraction of the amount of the futures contracts in a given transaction, futures
trading can involve a great deal of leverage. To avoid this, a fund will earmark or segregate
assets for any outstanding futures contracts as may be required under the federal securities laws.
While a fund intends to purchase and sell futures contracts to simulate full investment, there are
risks associated with these transactions. Adverse market movements could cause a fund to experience
substantial losses when buying and selling futures contracts. Of course, barring significant market
distortions, similar results would have been expected if a fund had instead transacted in the
underlying securities directly. There also is the risk of losing any margin payments held by a
broker in the event of its bankruptcy. Additionally, a fund incurs transaction costs (i.e.
brokerage fees) when engaging in futures trading. To the extent a fund also invests in futures to
simulate full investment, these same risks apply.
When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, a fund may seek, through the sale
of futures contracts, to offset a decline in the value of their current portfolio securities. When
rates are falling or prices are rising, a fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, may
attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when they
effect anticipated purchases.
Futures contracts normally require actual delivery or acquisition of an underlying security or cash
value of an index on the expiration date of the contract. In most cases, however, the contractual
obligation is fulfilled before the date of the contract by buying or selling, as the case may be,
identical futures contracts. Such offsetting transactions terminate the original contracts and
cancel the obligation to take or make delivery of the underlying securities or cash. There may not
always be a liquid secondary market at the time a fund seeks to close out a futures position. If a
fund is unable to close out its position and prices move adversely, a fund would have to continue
to
10
make daily cash payments to maintain its margin requirements. If a fund had insufficient cash to
meet these requirements it may have to sell portfolio securities at a disadvantageous time or incur
extra costs by borrowing the cash. Also, a fund may be required to make or take delivery and incur
extra transaction costs buying or selling the underlying securities. A fund seeks to reduce the
risks associated with futures transactions by buying and selling futures contracts that are traded
on national exchanges or for which there appears to be a liquid secondary market.
With respect to futures contracts that are not legally required to cash settle, a fund may cover
the open position by setting aside or earmarking liquid assets in an amount equal to the market
value of the futures contracts. With respect to futures contracts that are required to cash
settle, however, a fund is permitted to set aside or earmark liquid assets in an amount equal to
the funds daily marked to market (net) obligation, if any, (in other words, the funds daily net
liability, if any) rather than the market value of the futures contracts. By setting aside assets
or earmarking equal to only its net obligation under cash-settled futures, a fund will have the
ability to employ leverage to a greater extent than if the fund were required to set aside or
earmark assets equal to the full market value of the futures contract.
Illiquid Securities
generally are any securities that cannot be disposed of promptly and in the
ordinary course of business within seven days at approximately the amount at which a fund has
valued the instruments. The liquidity of a funds investments is monitored under the supervision
and direction of the Board of Trustees. Each fund may not invest more than 15% of its net assets in
illiquid securities. In the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances
cause a fund to exceed this limitation, the fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of
illiquid instruments back within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.
In making liquidity determinations before purchasing a particular security, the Adviser considers a
number of factors including, but not limited to: the nature and size of the security; the number of
dealers that make a market in the security; and data which indicates that a securitys price has
not changed for a period of a week or longer. After purchase, it is the Advisers policy to
maintain awareness of developments in the marketplace that could cause a change in a securitys
liquid or illiquid status. Investments currently not considered liquid include repurchase
agreements not maturing within seven days and certain restricted securities.
Interfund Borrowing and Lending
.
A fund may borrow money from and/or lend money to other
funds/portfolios in the Schwab complex, including traditional mutual funds/portfolios not discussed
in this SAI or in the corresponding prospectus. All loans are for temporary or emergency purposes
and the interest rates to be charged will be the average of the overnight repurchase agreement rate
and the short term bank loan rate. All loans are subject to numerous conditions designed to ensure
fair and equitable treatment of all participating funds/portfolios. These conditions include, for
example, that a funds participation in the credit facility must be consistent with its investment
policies and limitations and organizational documents; no fund may lend to another fund through the
interfund lending facility if the loan would cause the aggregate outstanding loans through the
credit facility to exceed 15% of the lending funds current net assets at the time of the loan; and
that a funds interfund loans to any one fund shall not exceed 5% of the lending funds net assets.
With respect to the funds discussed in this SAI, a fund lending to another fund may forego gains
which could have been made had those assets been invested in securities of its applicable
underlying index. The interfund lending facility is subject to the oversight and periodic review of
the Board of Trustees.
Promissory Notes
are written agreements committing the maker or issuer to pay the payee a specified
amount either on demand or at a fixed date in the future, with or without interest. These are
sometimes called negotiable notes or instruments and are subject to credit risk. Bank notes are
notes used to represent obligations issued by banks in large denominations.
Puts
are agreements that allow the buyer to sell a security at a specified price and time to the
seller or put provider. When a fund buys a security with a put feature, losses could occur if the
put provider does not perform as agreed. If a put provider fails to honor its commitment upon a
funds attempt to exercise the put, a fund may have to treat the securitys final maturity as its
effective maturity. If that occurs, the securitys price may be negatively impacted, and its
sensitivity to interest rate changes may be increased, possibly contributing to increased share
price volatility for a fund. This also could lengthen a funds overall average effective maturity.
Repurchase Agreements
are instruments under which a buyer acquires ownership of certain securities
(usually U.S. government securities) from a seller who agrees to repurchase the securities at a
mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the buyers holding
period. Any repurchase agreements a fund enters into will involve a fund as the buyer and banks or
broker-dealers as sellers. The period of repurchase agreements is usually short from overnight to
one week, although the securities collateralizing a repurchase agreement may have longer maturity
dates. Default by the seller might cause a fund to experience a loss or delay in the liquidation of
the collateral securing the repurchase agreement. A fund also may incur disposition costs in
liquidating the collateral. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of a repurchase
agreements seller, a fund might incur expenses in enforcing its rights, and could experience
losses, including a decline in the value of the underlying securities and loss of income. A fund
will make
11
payment under a repurchase agreement only upon physical delivery or evidence of book entry transfer
of the collateral to the account of its custodian bank. Repurchase agreements are the economic
equivalents of loans.
Restricted Securities
are securities that are subject to legal restrictions on their sale.
Restricted securities may be considered to be liquid if an institutional or other market exists for
these securities. In making this determination, a fund, under the direction and supervision of the
Board of Trustees will take into account various factors, including: (1) the frequency of trades
and quotes for the security; (2) the number of dealers willing to purchase or sell the security and
the number of potential purchasers; (3) dealer undertakings to make a market in the security; and
(4) the nature of the security and marketplace trades (e.g., the time needed to dispose of the
security, the method of soliciting offers and the mechanics of transfer). To the extent a fund
invests in restricted securities that are deemed liquid, its general level of illiquidity may be
increased if qualified institutional buyers become uninterested in purchasing these securities.
Stripped Securities
are securities whose income and principal components are detached and sold
separately. Stripped securities are typically subject to greater changes in value. U.S. Treasury
securities that have been stripped by the Federal Reserve Bank are obligations of the U.S.
Treasury. Privately stripped government securities are created when a dealer deposits a U.S.
Treasury security or other U.S. Government security with a custodian for safekeeping; the custodian
issues separate receipts for the coupon payments and the principal payment, which the dealer then
sells. There are two types of stripped securities: coupon strips, which refer to the zero coupon
bonds that are backed by the coupon payments; and principal strips, which are backed by the final
repayments of principal. Unlike coupon strips, principal strips do not accrue a coupon payment.
They are sold at a discounted price and accrete up to par. An investor in a principal strip would
only need to pay capital gains tax on the principal strip.
The funds may invest in U.S. Treasury bonds that have been stripped of their unmatured interest
coupons, the coupons themselves, and receipts or certificates representing interests in such
stripped debt obligations and coupons. Interest on zero coupon bonds is accrued and paid at
maturity rather than during the term of the security. Such obligations have greater price
volatility than coupon obligations and other normal interest-paying securities, and the value of
zero coupon securities reacts more quickly to changes in interest rates than do coupon bonds.
Because dividend income is accrued throughout the term of the zero coupon obligation, but it is not
actually received until maturity, a fund may have to sell other securities to pay accrued dividends
prior to the maturity of the zero coupon obligation.
Unlike regular U.S. Treasury bonds which pay semi-annual interest, U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds
do not generate semi-annual coupon payments. Instead, zero coupon bonds are purchased at a
substantial discount from the maturity of such securities. The discount reflects the current value
of the deferred interest and is amortized as interest income over the life of the securities; it is
taxable even though there is no cash return until maturity.
Zero coupon U.S. Treasury issues originally were created by government bond dealers who bought U.S.
Treasury bonds and issued receipts representing an ownership interest in the interest coupons or
the principal portion of the bonds. Subsequently, the U.S. Treasury began directly issuing zero
coupon bonds with the introduction of the Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of
Securities (STRIPS) program. Under the STRIPS program, the principal and interest components are
separately issued by the U.S. Treasury at the request of depository financial institutions, which
then trade the component parts separately.
While zero coupon bonds eliminate the reinvestment risk of regular coupon issues, i.e., the risk of
subsequently investing the periodic interest payments at a lower rate than that of the security
currently held, zero coupon bonds fluctuate much more sharply than regular coupon-bearing bonds.
Thus, when interest rates rise, the value of zero coupon bonds will decrease to a greater extent
than will the value of regular bonds having the same interest rate.
Variable and Floating Rate Debt Securities
pay an interest rate, which is adjusted either
periodically or at specific intervals or which floats continuously according to a formula or
benchmark. Although these structures generally are intended to minimize the fluctuations in value
that occur when interest rates rise and fall, some structures may be linked to a benchmark in such
a way as to cause greater volatility to the securitys value.
Some variable rate securities may be combined with a put or demand feature (variable rate demand
securities) that entitles the holder to the right to demand repayment in full or to resell at a
specific price and/or time. While the demand feature is intended to reduce credit risks, it is not
always unconditional and may be subject to termination if the issuers credit rating falls below
investment grade or if the issuer fails to make payments on other debt. While most variable-rate
demand securities allow a fund to exercise its demand rights at any time, some such securities may
only allow a fund to exercise its demand rights at certain times, which reduces the liquidity
usually associated with this type of security. A fund could suffer losses in the event that the
demand feature provider, usually a bank, fails to meet its obligation to pay the demand.
12
Investment Limitations
The investment limitations below may be changed only by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the applicable fund.
Under the 1940 Act, a vote of a majority of the
outstanding voting securities of a fund means the affirmative vote of the lesser of (1) more than
50% of the outstanding shares of the fund or (2) 67% or more of the shares present at a
shareholders meeting if more than 50% of the outstanding shares are represented at the meeting in
person or by proxy.
EACH FUND MAY NOT:
|
1)
|
|
Purchase securities of an issuer, except as consistent with the maintenance of its status
as an open-end diversified company under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder
or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or
interpreted from time to time.
|
|
|
2)
|
|
Concentrate investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as concentration
is defined under the 1940 Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption
therefrom, as such statute, rules or regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to
time, except that each fund may concentrate its investments to approximately the same extent
that the index the fund is designed to track concentrates in the securities of a particular
industry or group of industries and each fund may invest without limitation in (a)
securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities,
and (b) tax-exempt obligations of state or municipal governments and their political
subdivisions.
|
|
|
3)
|
|
Purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts or real estate, lend or borrow money,
issue senior securities, underwrite securities issued by others, or pledge, mortgage or
hypothecate any of its assets, except as permitted or not prohibited by the 1940 Act or the
rules or regulations thereunder or any exemption therefrom, as such statute, rules or
regulations may be amended or interpreted from time to time.
|
THE FOLLOWING DESCRIPTIONS OF THE 1940 ACT MAY ASSIST INVESTORS IN UNDERSTANDING THE CURRENT
APPLICATION OF THE ABOVE POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, BUT SUCH DESCRIPTIONS ARE NOT PART OF THE ABOVE
POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS.
BORROWING. The 1940 Act restricts an investment company from borrowing (including pledging,
mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in excess of 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including
temporary borrowings). Transactions that are fully collateralized in a manner that does not involve
the prohibited issuance of a senior security within the meaning of Section 18(f) of the 1940 Act,
shall not be regarded as borrowings for the purposes of a funds investment restriction.
CONCENTRATION. The SEC has defined concentration as investing 25% or more of an investment
companys total assets in an industry or group of industries, with certain exceptions such as with
respect to investments in obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies
and instrumentalities, or tax-exempt obligations of state or municipal governments and their
political subdivisions.
DIVERSIFICATION. Under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder, a
diversified company, as to 75% of its total assets, may not purchase securities of any issuer
(other than obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. government or its agencies, or
instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies) if, as a result, more than 5% of its
total assets would be invested in the securities of such issuer, or more than 10% of the issuers
voting securities would be held by a fund.
LENDING. Under the 1940 Act, an investment company may only make loans if expressly permitted by
its investment policies.
REAL ESTATE. The 1940 Act does not directly restrict an investment companys ability to invest in
real estate, but does require that every investment company have the fundamental investment policy
governing such investments. Each fund has adopted the fundamental policy that would permit direct
investment in real estate. However, each fund has a non-fundamental investment limitation that
prohibits it from investing directly in real estate. This non-fundamental policy may be changed
only by vote of a funds Board of Trustees.
13
SENIOR SECURITIES. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by an
investment company evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits a fund from issuing
senior securities, although it provides allowances for certain borrowings and certain other
investments, such as short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, and firm commitment agreements,
when such investments are covered or with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to
cover such obligations.
UNDERWRITING. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves an investment company purchasing
securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating
in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not
make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding
underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than
investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds
25% of the value of its total assets.
THE FOLLOWING ARE NON-FUNDAMENTAL INVESTMENT POLICIES AND RESTRICTIONS, AND MAY BE CHANGED BY THE
BOARD OF TRUSTEES.
EACH FUND MAY NOT:
1)
|
|
Invest more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid securities.
|
|
2)
|
|
Sell securities short unless it owns the security or the right to obtain the security or
equivalent securities, or unless it covers such short sale as required by current SEC rules
and interpretations (transactions in futures contracts, options and other derivative
instruments are not considered selling securities short).
|
|
3)
|
|
Purchase securities on margin, except such short term credits as may be necessary for the
clearance of purchases and sales of securities and provided that margin deposits in connection
with futures contracts, options on futures or other derivative instruments shall not
constitute purchasing securities on margin.
|
|
|
4)
|
|
Borrow money, except that each fund (a) may borrow money from banks or through an interfund
lending facility, if any, and engage in reverse repurchase agreements with any party provided
that such borrowings and reverse repurchase agreements in combination do not exceed 33 1/3% of
its total assets, including the amount borrowed (not including temporary or emergency
borrowings not exceeding 5% of the funds total assets); and (b) may borrow an additional
amount up to 5% of its assets for temporary or emergency purposes.
|
|
|
5)
|
|
Lend any security or make any other loan if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total
assets would be lent to other parties (this restriction does not apply to purchases of debt
securities or repurchase agreements).
|
|
6)
|
|
Purchase securities (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its
agencies or instrumentalities or tax-exempt obligations of state or municipal governments and
their political subdivisions) if, as a result of such purchase, 25% or more of the value of
its total assets would be invested in any industry or group of industries except that each
fund may concentrate its investments to approximately the same extent that the index the fund
is designed to track concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of
industries).
|
|
|
7)
|
|
Purchase or sell physical commodities or commodity contracts based on physical commodities or
invest in unmarketable interests in real estate limited partnerships or invest directly in
real estate. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing policy does not prevent a fund from,
among other things, (i) purchasing marketable securities of companies that deal in real estate
or interests therein (including REITs); (ii) purchasing marketable securities of companies
that deal in physical commodities or interests therein; and (iii) purchasing, selling and
entering into futures contracts (including futures contracts on indices of securities,
interest rates and currencies), options on futures contracts (including futures contracts on
indices of securities, interest rates and currencies), warrants, swaps, forward contracts,
foreign currency spot and forward contracts or other derivative instruments.
|
|
Policies and investment limitations that state a maximum percentage of assets that may be invested
in a security or other asset, or that set forth a quality standard shall be measured immediately
after and as a result of a funds acquisition of such security or asset, unless otherwise noted.
Except with respect to limitations on borrowing and futures and option contracts, any subsequent
change in net assets or other circumstances does not require a fund to sell an investment if it
could not then make the same investment. With respect to the limitation on illiquid securities, in
the event that a subsequent change in net assets or other circumstances cause a fund to exceed its
limitation, a fund will take steps to bring the aggregate amount of illiquid instruments back
within the limitations as soon as reasonably practicable.
14
CONTINUOUS OFFERING
The funds offer and issue shares at their net asset value per share (NAV) only in aggregations of
a specified number of shares (Creation Units). The method by which Creation Units are created and
trade may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are
issued and sold by the funds on an ongoing basis, at any point a distribution, as such term is
used in the Securities Act of 1933 the (the Securities Act), may occur. Broker-dealers and other
persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances,
result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner which could render them
statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability
provisions of the Securities Act.
For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes
Creation Units after placing an order with the funds distributor, breaks them down into
constituent shares, and sells such shares directly to customers, or if it chooses to couple the
creation of a supply of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of
secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes
of the Securities Act must take into account all the facts and circumstances pertaining to the
activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case, and the examples mentioned
above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to
categorization as an underwriter.
Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not underwriters but are effecting
transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are
required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(3)
of the Securities Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d)
of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of a fund
are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the Securities Act, a prospectus delivery obligation
under Section 5(b)(2) of the Securities Act owed to an exchange member in connection with the sale
on an exchange is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the exchange upon
request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is only available with respect to
transactions on an exchange.
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUNDS
The funds are overseen by a Board of Trustees. The trustees are responsible for protecting
shareholder interests. The trustees regularly meet to review the investment activities, contractual
arrangements and the investment performance of the funds. The trustees did not meet with respect to
these funds during the most recent fiscal year.
Certain trustees are interested persons. A trustee is considered an interested person of the
trust under the 1940 Act if, among other things, he or she is an officer, director, or an employee
of Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM) or Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (Schwab). A
trustee also may be considered an interested person of the trust under the 1940 Act if he or she
owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation, a publicly traded company and the parent company of
CSIM.
As used herein the term Family of Investment Companies collectively refers to The Charles Schwab
Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Schwab Capital Trust and Schwab
Strategic Trust which, as of July 1, 2010, included 74 operating funds.
The tables below provide information about the trustees and officers for the trust. The Fund
Complex includes The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments, Schwab Capital Trust,
Schwab Strategic Trust, Schwab Annuity Portfolios, Laudus Trust, and Laudus Institutional Trust. As
of July 1, 2010, the Fund Complex included 85 operating funds. The mailing address of each of the
trustees is c/o Schwab Strategic Trust, 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
|
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
|
|
|
|
OF
|
|
|
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST;
|
|
|
|
PORTFOLIOS
|
|
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
|
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
|
|
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
|
|
IN FUND
|
|
BY
|
LENGTH OF
|
|
DURING PAST FIVE
|
|
COMPLEX
|
|
TRUSTEE DURING THE PAST
|
TIME SERVED
1
)
|
|
YEARS
|
|
OVERSEEN
|
|
FIVE YEARS
|
Independent Trustees:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Burns
1959
(10/09 present)
|
|
Retired. Consulting
Managing Director,
PIMCO (investment
adviser) (January 2003
December 2008);
Managing Director,
PIMCO (February 1999
December 2002);
President and Trustee,
PIMCO Funds and PIMCO
Variable Insurance
Trust (investments)
(February 1994 May
2005).
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
Independent Director
and Chairman of
Corporate
Governance/Nominating
Committee, PS Business
Parks, Inc. (2005
present).
Trustee and member of
Nominating/Corporate
Governance Committee,
PIMCO Funds
(investment company
consisting of 84
portfolios) (1997
2008).
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NUMBER
|
|
|
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
|
|
|
|
OF
|
|
|
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST;
|
|
|
|
PORTFOLIOS
|
|
OTHER DIRECTORSHIPS HELD
|
(TERM OF OFFICE AND
|
|
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S)
|
|
IN FUND
|
|
BY
|
LENGTH OF
|
|
DURING PAST FIVE
|
|
COMPLEX
|
|
TRUSTEE DURING THE PAST
|
TIME SERVED
1
)
|
|
YEARS
|
|
OVERSEEN
|
|
FIVE YEARS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trustee and member of
Nominating/Corporate
Governance Committee,
PIMCO Variable
Insurance Trust
(investment company
consisting of 16
portfolios) (1997
2008).
Trustee and Chairman,
PIMCO Strategic Global
Government Fund
(investment company
consisting of one
portfolio) (1997
2008).
Trustee, PCIM Fund,
Inc. (investment
company consisting of
one portfolio) (1997
2008).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark A. Goldfarb
1952
(10/09 present)
|
|
Founder and Managing
Director, SS&G
Financial Services
(financial services)
(May 1987 present).
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles A. Ruffel
1956
(10/09 present)
|
|
Advisor (June 2008
present) and Chief
Executive Officer
(January 1998
January 2008), Asset
International, Inc.
(publisher of
financial services
information); Managing
Partner and
Co-Founder, Kudu
Advisors, LLC
(financial services)
(June 2008 present).
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interested Trustee:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walter W. Bettinger II
2
1960
(10/09 present)
|
|
As of October 2008,
President and Chief
Executive Officer,
Charles Schwab & Co.,
Inc., and The Charles
Schwab Corporation.
Since May 2008,
Director, Charles
Schwab & Co., Inc. and
Schwab Holdings, Inc.
Since 2006, Director,
Charles Schwab Bank.
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Until October 2008,
President and Chief
Operating Officer,
Charles Schwab & Co.,
Inc. and The Charles
Schwab Corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From 2004 through
2007, Executive Vice
President and
President, Schwab
Investor Services.
From 2004 through
2005, Executive Vice
President and Chief
Operating Officer,
Individual Investor
Enterprise, and from
2002 through 2004,
Executive Vice
President, Corporate
Services.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
|
|
|
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST;
|
|
|
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF
|
|
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST FIVE
|
TIME SERVED
3
)
|
|
YEARS
|
OFFICERS
|
|
|
|
|
|
Randall W. Merk
1954
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Officer of Schwab Strategic Trust since
2009.)
|
|
Executive Vice President and President, Investment
Management Services, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (August 2004
present); Executive Vice President, Charles Schwab & Co.,
Inc. (2002 present); Director, President and Chief
Executive Officer, Charles Schwab Investment Management,
Inc. (August 2007-present); Director, Charles Schwab Asset
Management (Ireland) Limited and Charles Schwab Worldwide
Funds PLC (Sept. 2002 present); President and Chief
Executive Officer, Schwab Funds (July 2007 present);
Trustee (June 2006 Dec. 2009), President and Chief
Executive Officer (July 2007 March 2008, July 2010
present),
|
16
|
|
|
NAME, YEAR OF BIRTH, AND
|
|
|
POSITION(S) WITH THE TRUST;
|
|
|
(TERM OF OFFICE AND LENGTH OF
|
|
PRINCIPAL OCCUPATIONS DURING THE PAST FIVE
|
TIME SERVED
3
)
|
|
YEARS
|
|
|
Laudus Funds; President and Chief Executive
Officer, Excelsior Funds Inc., Excelsior Tax-Exempt Funds,
Inc. and Excelsior Funds Trust (June 2006 June 2007).
|
|
|
|
George Pereira
1964
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
(Officer of Schwab Strategic Trust since
2009.)
|
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Charles
Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (November 2004
present); Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, Laudus
Funds (2006 present); Treasurer and Principal Financial
Officer, Schwab Funds (Nov. 2004 present); Director,
Charles Schwab Worldwide Fund, PLC and Charles Schwab Asset
Management (Ireland) Limited (Sept. 2002 present);
Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting
Officer, Excelsior Funds Inc., Excelsior Tax-Exempt Funds,
Inc., and Excelsior Funds Trust (June 2006- June 2007).
|
|
|
|
Koji E. Felton
1961
Secretary and Chief Legal Officer
(Officer of Schwab Strategic Trust since
2009.)
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Counsel and Corporate
Secretary, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (July
2000 present); Senior Vice President and Deputy General
Counsel, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. (June 1998 present);
Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, Schwab Funds (Nov. 1998
present); Vince President and Assistant Clerk, Laudus Funds
(Feb. 2010 present); Chief Legal Officer and Secretary,
Excelsior Funds Inc., Excelsior Tax-Exempt Funds, Inc., and
Excelsior Funds Trust (June 2006-June 2007).
|
|
|
|
Catherine MacGregor
1964
Vice President
(Officer of Schwab Strategic Trust since
2009.)
|
|
Vice President, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Charles Schwab
Investment Management, Inc. (July 2005-present); Vice
President and Assistant Secretary, Schwab Funds (Dec. 2005
present); Vice President (Dec. 2005 present), Chief Legal
Officer and Clerk (March 2007 present), Laudus Funds.
|
|
|
|
Michael Haydel
1972
Vice President
(Officer of Schwab Strategic Trust since
2009.)
|
|
Vice President, Asset Management Client Services, Charles
Schwab & Co., Inc. (2004-present); Vice President, Schwab
Funds (June 2007 present); Vice President (Oct. 2005
present), Anti-Money Laundering Officer (Oct. 2005-Feb.
2009), Laudus Funds.
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Each Trustee shall hold office until the election and qualification of his or her successor,
or until he or she dies, resigns or is removed. The Trusts retirement policy requires that
independent trustees retire by December 31 of the year in which the Trustee turns 72 or the
Trustees twentieth year of service as an independent trustee, whichever comes first.
|
|
2
|
|
Mr. Bettinger is an Interested Trustee because he is an employee of Schwab and/or the
investment adviser. In addition to his employment with the investment adviser and Schwab, Mr.
Bettinger also owns stock of The Charles Schwab Corporation.
|
|
3
|
|
The President, Treasurer and Secretary hold office until their respective successors are
chosen and qualified or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed or becomes
disqualified. Each of the other officers serves at the pleasure of the Board.
|
Board of Trustees Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight
The Board of Trustees of the trust is responsible for oversight of the management of the funds,
which includes oversight of service providers to the funds, such as the funds investment adviser.
The Chairman of the Board of Trustees, Walter W. Bettinger, II, is Chief Executive Officer of The
Charles Schwab Corporation and an interested person of the funds as that term is defined in the
Investment Company Act of 1940. The funds do not have a single lead independent trustee. The
Board of Trustees is comprised of a super-majority (75 percent) of trustees who are not interested
persons of the funds (i.e., independent trustees). There is an Audit and Compliance Committee of
the Board that is chaired by an independent trustee and comprised solely of independent trustees.
The Audit and Compliance Committee chair presides at Committee meetings, participates in
formulating agendas for those meetings, and coordinates with management to serve as a liaison
between the independent trustees and management on matters within the scope of the responsibilities
of the Committee as set forth in its Board-approved charter. The funds have determined that this
leadership structure is appropriate given the specific characteristics and circumstances of the
funds. The funds made this determination in consideration of, among other things, the fact that
the independent trustees of the funds constitute a super-majority of the Board, the number of funds
overseen by the Board, and the total number of trustees on the Board.
17
The Board of Trustees role in the risk oversight of the funds consists of monitoring risks
identified during regular and special reports to the Audit and Compliance Committee of the Board,
as well as regular and special reports to the full Board. In addition to monitoring such risks,
the Audit and Compliance Committee and the Board oversee efforts by management and service
providers to manage risks to which the funds may be exposed. For example, the Audit and Compliance
Committee meets with the funds Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Financial Officer and receives
regular reports regarding operational risks and risks related to the valuation and liquidity of
portfolio securities. The full Board meets with portfolio managers and other members of management
and receives reports regarding investment risks of the portfolios and risks related to distribution
of the funds shares. Oversight of compliance risks also is within the purview of the Committee and
the full Board. From their review of these reports and discussions with management, the Committee
and Board learn in detail about the material risks of the funds, thereby facilitating a dialogue
with management about how management and service providers mitigate those risks.
Individual Trustee Qualifications
The Board has concluded that each of the trustees should initially and continue to serve on the
board because of (i) their ability to review and understand information about the funds provided to
them by management, to identify and request other information they may deem relevant to the
performance of their duties, to question management regarding material factors bearing on the
management of the funds, and to exercise their business judgment in a manner that serves the best
interests of the funds shareholders and (ii) the trustees experience, qualifications, attributes
and skills as described below.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Bettinger should serve as trustee of the funds because of the
experience he has gained as president and chief executive officer of The Charles Schwab
Corporation, his knowledge of and experience in the financial services industry, and the experience
he has gained serving as trustee of the funds since 2009 and of the Schwab Funds since 2008.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Burns should serve as trustee of the funds because of the
experience he gained serving as a former managing director of a mutual fund management company and
former president and trustee of certain mutual funds managed by that company, his experience in and
knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee
of the funds since 2009.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Goldfarb should serve as trustee of the funds because of the
experience he has gained as founder of a financial services and independent public accounting firm,
his experience in and knowledge of public company accounting and auditing, and the experience he
has gained serving as trustee of the funds since 2009.
The Board has concluded that Mr. Ruffel should serve as trustee of the funds because of the
experience he gained as the founder and former chief executive officer of a publisher and
information services firm specializing in the retirement plan industry, his experience in and
knowledge of the financial services industry, and the experience he has gained serving as trustee
of the funds since 2009.
In its periodic assessment of the effectiveness of the Board, the Board considers the complementary
individual skills and experience of the individual trustees primarily in the broader context of the
Boards overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and
appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the funds. Moreover,
references to the qualifications, attributes and skills of trustees are pursuant to requirements of
the Securities and Exchange Commission, do not constitute holding out of the Board or any trustee
as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not be deemed to impose any greater
responsibility or liability on any such person or on the Board by reason thereof.
Trustee Committees
The Board of Trustees has established certain committees and adopted Committee charters with
respect to those committees, each as described below.
The trust has a standing Audit and Compliance Committee. The function of the Audit and Compliance
Committee is to provide oversight responsibility for the integrity of the trusts financial
reporting processes and compliance policies, procedures and processes, and for the trusts overall
system of internal controls. This Committee is comprised of all of the Independent Trustees. The
charter directs that the Audit and Compliance Committee must meet 4 times annually, with additional
meetings as the Audit and Compliance Committee deems appropriate.
The trust also has a Nominating Committee that is composed of all the Independent Trustees, which
meets as often as deemed appropriate by the Nominating Committee for the primary purpose of
selecting and nominating candidates to serve as members of the
18
Board of Trustees. The Nominating
Committee does not have a policy with respect to consideration of candidates for Trustee
submitted by shareholders. However, if the Nominating Committee determined that it would be in the
best interests of the trust to fill a vacancy on the Board of Trustees, and a shareholder submitted
a candidate for consideration by the Board of Trustees to fill the vacancy, the Nominating
Committee would evaluate that candidate. The charter directs that the Nominating Committee meet at
such times and with such frequency as is deemed necessary or appropriate by the Nominating
Committee.
Trustee Compensation
The following table provides estimated trustee compensation for the fiscal year ending December 31,
2010. Certain information provided relates to the Fund Complex, which included 85 funds as of July
1, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Aggregate Compensation from the Funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab
|
|
Intermediate-
|
|
($)
|
|
|
Schwab U.S.
|
|
Short-Term
|
|
Term U.S.
|
|
Estimated Total
|
|
|
TIPS
|
|
U.S. Treasury
|
|
Treasury
|
|
Compensation from
|
Name of Trustee
|
|
ETF
|
|
ETF
|
|
ETF
|
|
Fund Complex
|
Interested Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walter W. Bettinger II
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Independent Trustees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Burns
|
|
$
|
2,272
|
|
|
$
|
2,272
|
|
|
$
|
2,272
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
Mark A. Goldfarb
|
|
$
|
2,272
|
|
|
$
|
2,272
|
|
|
$
|
2,272
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
Charles A Ruffel
|
|
$
|
2,272
|
|
|
$
|
2,272
|
|
|
$
|
2,272
|
|
|
$
|
50,000
|
|
Securities Beneficially Owned By Each Trustee
The following tables provide each trustees equity ownership of the funds and ownership of all
registered investment companies overseen by each trustee in the Family of Investment Companies as
of December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, the Family of Investment Companies included 69
funds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar Range of Trustee Ownership
|
|
|
|
|
of Equity Securities in the Funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab
|
|
Aggregate Dollar
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab
|
|
Intermediate-
|
|
Range of Trustee
|
|
|
Schwab U.S.
|
|
Short-Term
|
|
Term U.S.
|
|
Ownership in the
|
|
|
TIPS
|
|
U.S. Treasury
|
|
Treasury
|
|
Family of Investment
|
Name of Trustee
|
|
ETF
|
|
ETF
|
|
ETF
|
|
Companies
|
Interested Trustee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Walter W. Bettinger II
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
|
Over $100,000
|
Independent Trustees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Burns
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
Mark A. Goldfarb
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
Charles A Ruffel
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
|
None
|
Code of Ethics
The funds, the investment adviser and the distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics as required
under the 1940 Act. Subject to certain conditions or restrictions, the Codes of Ethics permit the
trustees, directors, officers or advisory representatives of the funds or the investment adviser or
the directors or officers of the distributor to buy or sell directly or indirectly securities for
their own accounts. This includes securities that may be purchased or held by the funds. Securities
transactions by some of these individuals may be subject to prior approval of each entitys Chief
Compliance Officer or alternate. Most securities transactions are subject to quarterly reporting
and review requirements.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES
As of July 25, 2010, the officers and trustees of the trust, as a group, owned, of record or
beneficially, less than 1% of the outstanding voting securities of the funds.
19
As of July 25, 2010, no persons or entities owned, of record or beneficially, more than 5% of the
outstanding voting securities of any fund.
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND OTHER SERVICES
Investment Adviser
CSIM, a wholly owned subsidiary of The Charles Schwab Corporation, 211 Main Street, San Francisco
CA 94105, serves as the funds investment adviser pursuant to an Investment Advisory Agreements
(Advisory Agreement) between it and the trust. Charles R. Schwab is the founder, Chairman and
Director of The Charles Schwab Corporation. As a result of his ownership and interests in The
Charles Schwab Corporation, Mr. Schwab may be deemed to be a controlling person of CSIM.
Advisory Agreement
A funds Advisory Agreement must be specifically approved initially for a 2 year term, and after
the expiration of the 2 year term, at least annually thereafter (1) by the vote of the trustees or
by a vote of the shareholders of the fund, and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who
are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or interested persons of any party (the Independent
Trustees), cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
Each year, the Board of Trustees will call and hold a meeting to decide whether to renew the
Advisory Agreement between the trust and CSIM with respect to any existing funds in the trust. In
preparation for the meeting, the Board requests and reviews a wide variety of materials provided by
the funds investment adviser, as well as extensive data provided by third parties.
As described below, the investment adviser is entitled to receive a fee from the funds expressed as
a percentage of each funds average daily net assets, payable monthly, for its services to the
funds. The funds are new and have not yet paid any fees to CSIM.
|
|
|
|
|
FUND
|
|
FEE
|
Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF
|
|
|
0.14
|
%
|
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF
|
|
|
0.12
|
%
|
Schwab Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury ETF
|
|
|
0.12
|
%
|
Pursuant to the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser is responsible for substantially all expenses of
the funds, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and
other services, but excluding interest expense and taxes, brokerage expenses, and extraordinary or
non-routine expenses.
Distributor
SEI Investments Distribution Co. (the Distributor) is the principal underwriter and distributor
of shares of the funds. Its principal address is 1 Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456. The
Distributor has entered into an agreement with the trust pursuant to which it distributes shares of
the funds (the Distribution Agreement). The Distributor continually distributes shares of the
funds on a best effort basis. The Distributor has no obligation to sell any specific quantity of
fund shares. The Distribution Agreement will continue for two years from its effective date and is
renewable annually thereafter in accordance with the 1940 Act. Shares are continuously offered for
sale by the funds through the Distributor only in Creation Units, as described in the funds
prospectus. Shares in less than Creation Units are not distributed by the Distributor. The
Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of
the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. The Distributor is not affiliated with the trust,
CSIM, or any stock exchange.
The Distribution Agreement provides that it may be terminated at any time, without the payment of
any penalty, on at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to the other party. The Distribution
Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940
Act).
Transfer Agent
State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the
funds transfer agent. As part of these services, the firm maintains records pertaining to the
sale, redemption and transfer of the funds shares.
20
Custodian and Fund Accountants
State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as
custodian and accountant for the funds.
The custodian is responsible for the daily safekeeping of securities and cash held or sold by the
funds. The funds accountant maintains all books and records related to the funds transactions.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The funds independent registered public accounting firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, audits and
reports on the annual financial statements of the funds and reviews certain regulatory reports and
the funds federal income tax return. They also perform other professional, accounting, auditing,
tax and advisory services when the trust engages them to do so. Their address is 3 Embarcadero
Center, San Francisco,
CA 94111-4004.
Legal Counsel
Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP represents the trust with respect to certain legal matters.
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Other Accounts
. Each portfolio manager (collectively referred to as the Portfolio
Managers) is responsible for the day-to-day management of certain other accounts, as listed below.
The accounts listed below are not subject to a performance-based advisory fee. The information
below is provided as of June 30, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registered Investment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Companies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(this amount does not include
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
the funds in this Statement of
|
|
Other Pooled
|
|
|
|
|
Additional Information)
|
|
Investment Vehicles
|
|
Other Accounts
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
Total
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Assets
|
|
Accounts
|
|
Total Assets
|
Dustin Lewellyn
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
549,629,147
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Matthew Hastings
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
4,098,649,744
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Steven Chan
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
4,098649,744
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
Brandon Matsui
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
Conflicts of Interest
. A Portfolio Managers management of other accounts may give
rise to potential conflicts of interest in connection with its management of the funds
investments, on the one hand, and the investments of the other accounts, on the other. These other
accounts include separate accounts and other mutual funds and ETFs advised by CSIM (collectively,
the Other Managed Accounts). The Other Managed Accounts might have similar investment objectives
as the funds, track the same index the funds track or otherwise hold, purchase, or sell securities
that are eligible to be held, purchased, or sold by the funds. While the Portfolio Managers
management of Other Managed Accounts may give rise to the potential conflicts of interest listed
below, CSIM does not believe that the conflicts, if any, are material or, to the extent any such
conflicts are material, CSIM believes it has adopted policies and procedures that are designed to
manage those conflicts in an appropriate way.
Knowledge of the Timing and Size of Fund Trades
. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a
result of the Portfolio Managers day-to-day management of the funds. Because of their positions
with the funds, the Portfolio Managers know the size, timing, and possible market impact of fund
trades. It is theoretically possible that the Portfolio Managers could use this information to the
advantage of the Other Managed Accounts they manage and to the possible detriment of the funds.
However, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate investment
opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time. Moreover, with respect to an index fund or
ETF, which seek to track a benchmark index, much of this information is publicly available. When it
is determined to be in the best interest of both accounts, the Portfolio Managers may aggregate
trade orders for the Other Managed Accounts, excluding Managed Account Connection, with those of
the funds. All aggregated orders are subject to CSIMs aggregation and allocation policy and
procedures, which provide, among other things, that (i) a Portfolio Manager will not aggregate
orders unless he or she believes such aggregation is consistent with his or her duty to seek best
execution; (ii) no account will be favored over any other account; (iii) each account that
participates in an aggregated order will participate at the average security price with all
transaction costs shared on a pro-rata basis; and (iv) if the aggregated order cannot be executed
in full, the partial execution is allocated pro-rata among the participating accounts in accordance
with the size of each accounts order.
Investment Opportunities
. A potential conflict of interest may arise as a result of the Portfolio
Managers management of the funds and Other Managed Accounts which, in theory, may allow them to
allocate investment opportunities in a way that favors the Other Managed Accounts over the funds,
which conflict of interest may be exacerbated to the extent that CSIM or the Portfolio Managers
21
receive, or expect to receive, greater compensation from their management of the Other Managed
Accounts than the funds. Notwithstanding this theoretical conflict of interest, it is CSIMs policy
to manage each account based on its investment objectives and related restrictions and, as
discussed above, CSIM has adopted policies and procedures reasonably designed to allocate
investment opportunities on a fair and equitable basis over time and in a manner consistent with
each accounts investment objectives and related restrictions. For example, while the Portfolio
Managers may buy for an Other Managed Account securities that differ in identity or quantity from
securities bought for the fund or refrain from purchasing securities for an Other Managed Account
that they are otherwise buying for the fund in an effort to outperform its specific benchmark, such
an approach might not be suitable for the fund given its investment objectives and related
restrictions.
Compensation.
Schwab compensates each CSIM Portfolio Manager for his or her management of the
funds. Each portfolio managers compensation consists of a fixed annual (base) salary and a
discretionary bonus. The base salary is determined considering compensation payable for a similar
position across the investment management industry and an evaluation of the individual portfolio
managers overall performance such as the portfolio managers contribution to the firms overall
investment process, being good corporate citizens, and contributions to the firms asset growth and
business relationships. The discretionary bonus is determined in accordance with the CSIM Equity
and Fixed Income Portfolio Management Incentive Plan (the Plan), which is designed to reward
consistent and superior investment performance relative to established benchmarks and/or industry
peer groups. The Plan is an annual incentive plan that, at the discretion of Executive Management,
provides quarterly advances against the corporate component of the Plan at a fixed rate that is
standard for the portfolio managers level. Meanwhile, the portion of the incentive tied to fund
performance is paid in its entirety following the end of the Plan year (i.e. the Plan does not
provide advances against the portion of the Plan tied to fund performance) at managements
discretion based on their determination of whether funds are available under the Plan as well as
factors such as the portfolio managers contribution to the firms overall investment process,
being good corporate citizens, and contribution to the firms asset growth and business
relationships.
The Plan consists of two independent funding components: fund investment performance and Schwabs
corporate performance. 75% of the funding is based on fund investment performance and 25% of the
funding is based on Schwabs corporate performance. Funding is pooled into separate incentive
pools (one for Fixed Income portfolio managers, one for Equity portfolio managers, and one for
Money Fund portfolio managers) and then allocated to the plan participants by CSIM senior
management. This allocation takes into account fund performance as well as the portfolio managers
leadership, teamwork, and contribution to CSIM goals and objectives.
|
|
Fund Investment Performance
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Performance will be determined based on each funds performance relative to one of
the following criteria: industry peer group/category, established benchmark or risk adjusted
performance measure. The peer group/category or benchmark will be determined by the CSIM Peer
Group Committee comprised of officer representation from CSIM Product Development, Fund
Administration and SCFR (Schwab Center for Financial Research) and approved by CSIMs President
and CSIMs Chief Investment Officer. The CSIM Peer Group Committee reviews peer groups and
category classification on a regular basis in advance of each performance period. Peer groups
and category rankings will be based on the statistical analysis. Performance relative to the
funds benchmark will be measured on a sliding scale that will compensate Portfolio Managers
more to the extent the funds performance exceeds the benchmark.
|
|
|
|
|
Passive Strategies
|
|
|
|
|
CSIM Performance Reporting will use gross performance comparisons to benchmark as the basis for
Investment Fund Performance measurement for funds with passive investment strategies. The
methodology will utilize ex-ante tracking-error as set by the CSIM Investment Policy Committee
and reflect incentives to perform similar to the fund benchmark and minimizing fund
tracking-error.
|
|
|
|
|
Active Strategies
|
|
|
|
|
CSIM Performance Reporting will use either peer group/category rankings or a performance measure
relative to the funds benchmark as the basis for the Investment Fund Performance measurement
for funds with active strategies.
|
|
|
|
|
Calculations
|
At the close of the year, each funds performance will be determined by its 1-year and/or 1 and
3-year percentile standing within its designated benchmark/peer group/risk adjusted performance
using standard statistical methods approved by CSIM senior management. The percentile standing
will result in a single performance percentile number for each fund. As each participant may
manage and/or support a number of funds, there may be several fund performance percentiles for each
participant considered in arriving at the annual incentive compensation funding.
22
|
|
Schwab Corporate Performance
|
|
|
|
|
Schwabs corporate plan (the Corporate Plan) is an annual plan, which provides for
discretionary awards aligned with company and individual performance. Funding for the Corporate
Plan is determined at the conclusion of the calendar year using a payout rate that is applied to
Schwabs earnings per share. The exact payout rate will vary and will be determined by Executive
Management and recommended to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Schwab for
final approval. Funding will be capped at 200% of the Corporate Plan.
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive Allocation
|
|
|
|
At year-end, the full-year funding for both components of the Plan will be pooled together. This
total pool will then be allocated to plan participants by CSIM senior management based on their
assessment of a variety of performance factors. Factors considered in the allocation process
will include, but are not limited to, fund performance relative to benchmarks, individual
performance against key objectives, contribution to overall group results, team work, and
collaboration between analysts and portfolio managers.
|
The Portfolio Managers compensation is not based on the value of the assets held in a funds
portfolio
.
Mr. Lewellyn is compensated solely under the Corporate Plan. Messrs. Hastings, Chan and
Matsui are compensated under the CSIM Equity and Fixed Income Portfolio Management Incentive Plan.
Ownership of Fund Shares.
Because the funds had not commenced operations prior to the date of this
SAI, no information regarding the Portfolio Managers beneficial ownership of shares of the funds
has been included. This information will appear in a future version of the SAI.
BROKERAGE ALLOCATION AND OTHER PRACTICES
Portfolio Turnover
For reporting purposes, a funds portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the value of
purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year, whichever is less, by the monthly
average value of portfolio securities the fund owned during the fiscal year. When making the
calculation, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less
(short-term securities) are excluded.
A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all portfolio securities (aside from
short-term securities) were sold and either repurchased or replaced once during the fiscal year.
Typically, funds with high turnover (such as 100% or more) tend to generate higher capital gains
and transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions. Since these are new funds there are no
portfolio turnover rates.
Portfolio Holdings Disclosure
The funds Board of Trustees has approved policies and procedures that govern the timing and
circumstances regarding the disclosure of funds portfolio holdings information to shareholders and
third parties. These policies and procedures are designed to ensure that disclosure of information
regarding the funds portfolio securities is in the best interests of funds shareholders, and
include procedures to address conflicts between the interests of the funds shareholders, on the
one hand, and those of the funds investment adviser, principal underwriter or any affiliated
person of the fund, its investment adviser, or its principal underwriter, on the other. Pursuant to
such procedures, the Board has authorized the president of the funds to authorize the release of
the funds portfolio holdings, as necessary, in conformity with the foregoing principles.
The Board exercises on-going oversight of the disclosure of fund portfolio holdings by overseeing
the implementation and enforcement of each funds policies and procedures by the Chief Compliance
Officer and by considering reports and recommendations by the Chief Compliance Officer concerning
any material compliance matters. The Board will receive periodic updates, at least annually,
regarding entities who may receive portfolio holdings information not available to other current or
prospective fund shareholders in connection with the dissemination of information necessary for
transactions in Creation Units, as contemplated by the exemptive relief and as discussed below.
23
Each fund discloses its complete portfolio holdings schedule in public filings with the SEC within
60-80 days after the end of each fiscal quarter and will provide that information to shareholders
as required by federal securities laws and regulations thereunder. A fund may, however, voluntarily
disclose all or part of its portfolio holdings other than in connection with the
creation/redemption process, as discussed above, in advance of required filings with the SEC,
provided that such information is made generally available to all shareholders and other interested
parties in a manner that is consistent with the above policy for disclosure of portfolio holdings
information. Such information may be made available through a publicly-available website or other
means that make the information available to all likely interested parties contemporaneously.
The funds may disclose portfolio holdings information to certain persons and entities prior to and
more frequently than the public disclosure of such information (early disclosure). The president
of the funds may authorize early disclosure of portfolio holdings information to such parties at
differing times and/or with different lag times provided that (a) the president of the funds
determines that the disclosure is in the best interests of the funds and that there are no
conflicts of interest between the funds shareholders and funds adviser and distributor; and (b)
the recipient is, either by contractual agreement or otherwise by law, required to maintain the
confidentiality of the information.
In addition, the funds service providers including, without limitation, the investment adviser,
distributor, the custodian, fund accountant, transfer agent, auditor, proxy voting service
provider, pricing information venders, publisher, printer and mailing agent may receive early
disclosure of portfolio holdings information as frequently as daily in connection with the services
they perform for the funds. Service providers will be subject to a duty of confidentiality with
respect to any portfolio holdings information whether imposed by the provisions of the service
providers contract with the trust or by the nature of its relationship with the trust.
Further, each business day, each funds portfolio holdings information is provided to the
Distributor or other agent for dissemination through the facilities of the National Securities
Clearing Corporation (NSCC) and/or other fee-based subscription services to NSCC members and/or
subscribers to those other fee-based subscription services, including Authorized Participants (as
defined below), and to entities that publish and/or analyze such information in connection with the
process of purchasing or redeeming Creation Units or trading shares of funds in the secondary
market. This information typically reflects each funds anticipated holdings on the following
business day.
In addition, each fund discloses its portfolio holdings and the percentages they represent of the
funds net assets at least monthly, and as often as each day the fund is open for business, at
www.schwabetfs.com/prospectus.
Portfolio holdings information made available in connection with the creation/redemption process
may be provided to other entities that provide services to the funds in the ordinary course of
business after it has been disseminated to the NSCC. From time to time, information concerning
portfolio holdings other than portfolio holdings information made available in connection with the
creation/redemption process, as discussed above, may be provided to other entities that provide
services to the funds, including rating or ranking organizations, in the ordinary course of
business, no earlier than one business day following the date of the information.
The funds policies and procedures prohibit the fund, the funds investment adviser or any related
party from receiving any compensation or other consideration in connection with the disclosure of
portfolio holdings information.
The funds may disclose non-material information including commentary and aggregate information
about the characteristics of the funds in connection with or relating to the funds or its portfolio
securities to any person if such disclosure is for a legitimate business purpose, such disclosure
does not effectively result in the disclosure of the complete portfolio securities of any fund
(which can only be disclosed in accordance with the above requirements), and such information does
not constitute material non-public information. Such disclosure does not fall within the portfolio
securities disclosure requirements outlined above.
Whether the information constitutes material non-public information will be made on a good faith
determination, which involves an assessment of the particular facts and circumstances. In most
cases commentary or analysis would be immaterial and would not convey any advantage to a recipient
in making a decision concerning the funds. Commentary and analysis includes, but is not limited to,
the allocation of the funds portfolio securities and other investments among various asset
classes, sectors, industries, and countries, the characteristics of the stock components and other
investments of the funds, the attribution of fund returns by asset class, sector, industry and
country, and the volatility characteristics of the funds.
Portfolio Transactions
The investment adviser makes decisions with respect to the purchase and sale of portfolio
securities on behalf of the funds. The investment adviser is responsible for implementing these
decisions, including the negotiation of commissions and the allocation of
24
principal business and portfolio brokerage. Purchases and sales of securities on a stock exchange
or certain riskless principal transactions placed on NASDAQ are typically effected through brokers
who charge a commission for their services. Purchases and sales of fixed income securities may be
transacted with the issuer, the issuers underwriter, or a dealer. The funds do not usually pay
brokerage commissions on purchases and sales of fixed income securities, although the price of the
securities generally includes compensation, in the form of a spread or a mark-up or mark-down,
which is not disclosed separately. The prices the fund pays to underwriters of newly-issued
securities usually include a commission paid by the issuer to the underwriter. Transactions placed
through dealers who are serving as primary market makers reflect the spread between the bid and
asked prices. The money market securities in which the fund may invest are traded primarily in the
over-the-counter market on a net basis and do not normally involve either brokerage commissions or
transfer taxes. It is expected that the cost of executing portfolio securities transactions of the
fund will primarily consist of dealer spreads.
The investment adviser seeks to obtain the best execution for the funds portfolio transactions.
The investment adviser may take a number of factors into account in selecting brokers or dealers to
execute these transactions. Such factors may include, without limitation, the following: execution
price; brokerage commission or dealer spread; size or type of the transaction; nature or character
of the markets; clearance or settlement capability; reputation; financial strength and stability of
the broker or dealer; efficiency of execution and error resolution; block trading capabilities;
willingness to execute related or unrelated difficult transactions in the future; order of call;
ability to facilitate short selling; provision of additional brokerage or research services or
products. In addition, the investment adviser has incentive sharing arrangements with certain
unaffiliated brokers who guarantee market-on-close pricing: on a day when such a broker executes
transactions at prices better, on aggregate, than market-on-close prices, that broker may receive,
in addition to his or her standard commission, a portion of the net difference between the actual
execution prices and corresponding market-on-close prices for that day.
The investment adviser may cause the funds to pay a higher commission than otherwise obtainable
from other brokers or dealers in return for brokerage or research services or products if the
investment adviser believes that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services
provided. In addition to agency transactions, the investment adviser may receive brokerage and
research services or products in connection with certain riskless principal transactions, in
accordance with applicable SEC and other regulatory guidelines. In both instances, these services
or products may include: economic, industry, or company research reports or investment
recommendations; subscriptions to financial publications or research data compilations;
compilations of securities prices, earnings, dividends, and similar data; computerized databases;
quotation equipment and services; research or analytical computer software and services; products
or services that assist in effecting transactions, including services of third-party computer
systems developers directly related to research and brokerage activities; and effecting securities
transactions and performing functions incidental thereto (such as clearance and settlement). The
investment adviser may use research services furnished by brokers or dealers in servicing all fund
accounts, and not all services may necessarily be used in connection with the account that paid
commissions or spreads to the broker or dealer providing such services.
The investment adviser may receive a service from a broker or dealer that has both a research and
a non-research use. When this occurs, the investment adviser will make a good faith allocation,
under all the circumstances, between the research and non-research uses of the service. The
percentage of the service that is used for research purposes may be paid for with fund commissions
or spreads,
while the investment adviser will use its own funds to pay for the percentage of the service that
is used for non-research purposes. In making this good faith allocation, the investment adviser
faces a potential conflict of interest, but the investment adviser believe that the costs of such
services may be appropriately allocated to their anticipated research and non-research uses.
The investment adviser may purchase for funds, new issues of securities in a fixed price offering.
In these situations, the seller may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to
selling securities, provide the investment adviser with research services, in accordance with
applicable rules and regulations permitting these types of arrangements. Generally, the seller will
provide research credits in these situations at a rate that is higher than that which is
available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the
safe harbor of Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The investment adviser may place orders directly with electronic communications networks or other
alternative trading systems. Placing orders with electronic communications networks or other
alternative trading systems may enable the funds to trade directly with other institutional
holders. At times, this may allow the funds to trade larger blocks than would be possible trading
through a single market maker.
The investment adviser may aggregate securities sales or purchases among two or more funds. The
investment adviser will not aggregate transactions unless it believes such aggregation is
consistent with its duty to seek best execution for each affected fund and is consistent with the
terms of the investment advisory agreement for such fund. In any single transaction in which
purchases and/or
25
sales of securities of any issuer for the account of a fund are aggregated with other accounts
managed by the investment adviser, the actual prices applicable to the transaction will be averaged
among the accounts for which the transaction is effected, including the account of the fund.
In determining when and to what extent to use Schwab or any other affiliated broker-dealer as its
broker for executing orders for the funds on securities exchanges, the investment adviser follows
procedures, adopted by the funds Board of Trustees, that are designed to ensure that affiliated
brokerage commissions (if relevant) are reasonable and fair in comparison to unaffiliated brokerage
commissions for comparable transactions.
PROXY VOTING
The Board of Trustees of the trust has delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM
through their Advisory Agreement. The Trustees have adopted CSIMs Proxy Voting Policy and
Procedures with respect to proxies voted on behalf of the funds portfolios. A description of
CSIMs Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures is included in Appendix B.
The trust is required to disclose annually each funds complete proxy voting record on Form N-PX.
Each funds proxy voting record for the most recent 12 month period ended June 30th will be
available by visiting the Schwab website at www.schwabetfs.com/prospectus. A funds Form N-PX will
also be available on the SECs website at www.sec.gov.
Brokerage Commissions
The funds are new and, therefore, for each of the last three fiscal years, the funds paid no
brokerage commissions.
Regular Broker-Dealers
Each funds regular broker-dealers during its most recent fiscal year are: (1) the ten
broker-dealers that received the greatest dollar amount of brokerage commissions from the fund; (2)
the ten broker-dealers that engaged as principal in the largest dollar amount of portfolio
transactions; and (3) the ten broker-dealers that sold the largest dollar amount of the funds
shares. The funds are new and, therefore, have not purchased securities issued by any regular
broker-dealers.
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST
Each fund is a series of Schwab Strategic Trust, an open-end investment management company
organized as a Delaware statutory trust on January 27, 2009.
The Declaration of Trust provides for the perpetual existence of the Trust. The Trust may, however,
be terminated at any time by vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each series
of the Trust or by the vote of the Trustees.
Shareholders are entitled to one vote for each full share held (with fractional votes for
fractional shares held) and will vote (to the extent provided on the Declaration of Trust) in the
election of Trustees and the termination of the Trust and on other matters submitted to the vote of
shareholders. Shareholders will vote by individual series on all matters except (i) when required
by the 1940 Act, shares shall be voted in the aggregate and not by individual series and (ii) when
the Trustees have determined that the matter affects only the interests of one or more series, then
only shareholders of such series shall be entitled to vote thereon. Shareholders of one series
shall not be entitled to vote on matters exclusively affecting another series, such matters
including, without limitation, the adoption of or change in any fundamental policies or
restrictions of the other series and the approval of the investment advisory contracts of the other
series.
There will normally be no meetings of shareholders for the purpose of electing Trustees, except
that in accordance with the 1940 Act (i) the Trust will hold a shareholders meeting for the
election of Trustees at such time as less than a majority of the Trustees holding office have been
elected by shareholders, and (ii) if, as a result of a vacancy in the Board of Trustees, less than
two-thirds of the Trustees holding office have been elected by the shareholders, that vacancy may
only be filled by a vote of the shareholders. In addition, Trustees may be removed from office by a
written consent signed by the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares and filed with the
Trusts custodian or by a vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares at a meeting
duly called for the purpose, which meeting shall be held upon the written request of the holders of
not less than 10% of the outstanding shares. Except as set forth above, the Trustees shall continue
to hold office and may appoint successor Trustees. Voting rights are not cumulative.
26
The Trust may, without shareholder vote, restate, amend or otherwise supplement the Declaration of
Trust. Shareholders shall have the right to vote on any amendment that could affect their right to
vote, any amendment to the Amendments section, any amendment for which shareholder vote may be
required by applicable law or by the Trusts registration statement filed with the SEC, and on any
amendment submitted to them by the Trustees.
Any series of the Trust may reorganize or merge with one or more other series of the Trust or
another investment company. Any such reorganization or merger shall be pursuant to the terms and
conditions specified in an agreement and plan of reorganization authorized and approved by the
Trustees and entered into by the relevant series in connection therewith. In addition, such
reorganization or merger may be authorized by vote of a majority of the Trustees then in office
and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, without the approval of shareholders of any series.
Shareholders wishing to submit proposals for inclusion in a proxy statement for a future
shareholder meeting should send their written submissions to the Trust at 1 Freedom Valley Drive,
Oaks, PA 19456. Proposals must be received a reasonable time in advance of a proxy solicitation to
be included. Submission of a proposal does not guarantee inclusion in a proxy statement because
proposals must comply with certain federal securities regulations.
PURCHASE, REDEMPTION AND PRICING OF SHARES
CREATION AND REDEMPTION OF CREATION UNITS
The funds are open each day that the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) is open (Business Days). The
NYSEs trading session is normally conducted from 9:30 a.m. Eastern time until 4:00 p.m. Eastern
time, Monday through Friday, although some days, such as in advance of and following holidays, the
NYSEs trading session closes early. The following holiday closings are currently scheduled for
2009-2010: New Years Day, Martin Luther King Jr.s Birthday, Presidents Day, Good Friday,
Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. Only orders that are
received and deemed acceptable by the Distributor no later than the time specified by the Trust
will be executed that day at the funds share price calculated that day. On any day that the NYSE
closes early, the funds reserve the right to advance the time by which purchase and redemption
orders must be received by the Distributor that day in order to be executed that day at that days
share price.
Creation
. The trust issues and sells shares of the funds only in Creation Units on a continuous
basis through the Distributor, without a sales load, at the NAV next determined after receipt, on
any Business Day, for an order received and deemed acceptable by the Distributor.
Fund Deposit
. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the funds may consist of (i) the
in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities closely approximating the holdings of a
fund (the Deposit Securities), and an amount of cash denominated in U.S. Dollars (the Cash
Component) computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component
constitute the Fund Deposit, which represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment
amount for a Creation Unit of a fund.
The funds may accept a basket of money market instruments, or cash denominated in U.S. dollars that
differs from the composition of the published basket. The funds may permit or require the
consideration for Creation Units to consist solely of cash. The funds may permit or require the
substitution of an amount of cash denominated in U.S. Dollars (i.e., a cash in lieu amount) to be
added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security. For example, the trust reserves the
right to permit or require a cash in lieu amount where the delivery of the Deposit Security by
the Authorized Participant (as described below) would be restricted under the securities laws or
where the delivery of the Deposit Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the
disposition of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant becoming restricted under the
securities laws, or in certain other situations.
The Cash Component is sometimes also referred to as the Balancing Amount. The Cash Component
serves the function of compensating for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the
value of the Deposit Securities. If the Cash Component is a positive number (i.e., the NAV per
Creation Unit exceeds the value of the Deposit Securities), the creator will deliver the Cash
Component. If the Cash Component is a negative number (i.e., the NAV per Creation Unit is less than
the value of the Deposit Securities), the creator will receive the Cash Component. Computation of
the Cash Component excludes any stamp duty tax or other similar fees and expenses payable upon
transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities, which shall be the sole responsibility
of the Authorized Participant.
A fund or its agent, through the NSCC or otherwise, makes available on each Business Day, prior to
the opening of business on the NYSE Arca, Inc. Exchange (currently 9:30 a.m., Eastern time), the
current Fund Deposit for the fund. Such Deposit Securities are applicable, subject to any
adjustments, to effect creations of Creation Units of the fund until such time as the
next-announced composition of the Deposit Securities is made available.
27
Procedures for Creation of Creation Units
. To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor and
to create a Creation Unit of a fund, an entity must be a Depository Trust Company (DTC)
participant, such as a broker-dealer, bank, trust company, clearing corporation or certain other
organization, some of whom (and/or their representatives) own DTC (each a DTC Participant). DTC
acts as securities depositary for the shares. The DTC Participant must have executed an agreement
with the Distributor with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Units (Participant
Agreement). A DTC Participant that has executed a Participant Agreement is referred to as an
Authorized Participant. Investors should contact the Distributor for the names of Authorized
Participants that have signed a Participant Agreement. All shares of a fund, however created, will
be entered on the records of DTC in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf
of, DTC.
All orders to create shares must be placed for one or more Creation Units. Orders must be
transmitted by an Authorized Participant pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant
Agreement. The date on which an order to create Creation Units (or an order to redeem Creation
Units, as discussed below) is placed is referred to as the Transmittal Date. Orders must be
transmitted by an Authorized Participant by telephone or other transmission method acceptable to
the Distributor pursuant to procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement, as described below.
Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede
the ability to reach the Distributor or an Authorized Participant.
On days when the New York Stock Exchange or U.S. bond markets close earlier than normal, a fund may
require purchase orders to be placed earlier in the day. All questions as to the number of Deposit
Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for
the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the trust, whose determination shall
be final and binding.
If the Distributor does not receive both the required Deposit Securities and the Cash Component by
the specified time on the settlement date, the trust may cancel or revoke acceptance of such order.
Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled or revoked order may be resubmitted the
following Business Day using the Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV
of a fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the
settlement date.
Creation Units may be created in advance of receipt by the trust of all or a portion of the
applicable Deposit Securities as described below. In these circumstances, the initial deposit will
have a value greater than the NAV of the shares on the date the order is placed since, in addition
to available Deposit Securities, U.S. cash must be deposited in an amount equal to the sum of (i)
the Cash Component, plus (ii) at least 110%, which the trust may change from time to time, of the
market value of the undelivered Deposit Securities (the Additional Cash Deposit) with the fund
pending delivery of any missing Deposit Securities. The Authorized Participant must deposit with
the custodian the appropriate amount of federal funds by 10:00 a.m. New York time (or such other
time as specified by the trust) on the settlement date. If the Distributor does not receive the
Additional Cash Deposit in the appropriate amount by such time, then the order may be deemed to be
rejected and the Authorized Participant
shall be liable to a fund for losses, if any, resulting therefrom. An additional amount of U.S.
cash shall be required to be deposited with the Distributor, pending delivery of the missing
Deposit Securities to the extent necessary to maintain the Additional Cash Deposit with the trust
in an amount at least equal to 110%, which the trust may change from time to time, of the daily
marked to market value of the missing Deposit Securities. To the extent that missing Deposit
Securities are not received by the specified time on the settlement date, or in the event a
marked-to-market payment is not made within one Business Day following notification by the
Distributor that such a payment is required, the trust may use the cash on deposit to purchase the
missing Deposit Securities. The Authorized Participant will be liable to the trust for the costs
incurred by the trust in connection with any such purchases. These costs will be deemed to include
the amount by which the actual purchase price of the Deposit Securities exceeds the market value of
such Deposit Securities on the transmittal date plus the brokerage and related transaction costs
associated with such purchases. The trust will return any unused portion of the Additional Cash
Deposit once all of the missing Deposit Securities have been properly received by the Distributor
or purchased by the trust and deposited into the trust. In addition, a transaction fee, as listed
below, will be charged in all cases.
Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units
. The trust reserves the absolute right to reject or revoke
acceptance of a creation order transmitted to it by the Distributor in respect of a fund. For
example, the trust may reject or revoke acceptance of an order, if (i) the order does not conform
to the procedures set forth in the Participant Agreement; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the
shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of a fund; (iii) the
Deposit Securities delivered are not as disseminated through the facilities of the NSCC for that
date by a fund as described above; (iv) acceptance of the Deposit Securities would have certain
adverse tax consequences to a fund; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of
counsel, be unlawful; (vi) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would otherwise, in the discretion of the
trust or CSIM, have an adverse effect on the trust or the rights of beneficial owners; or (vii) in
the event that circumstances outside the control of the trust, the custodian, the Distributor or
CSIM make it for all practical purposes impossible to process creation orders. Examples of such
circumstances include natural disaster, war, revolution; public service or utility problems such as
fires, floods, extreme weather conditions and power outages resulting in telephone, telecopy and
computer failures; market conditions or activities causing trading halts; systems failures
involving computer or other information systems affecting the trust, CSIM, the Distributor, DTC,
NSCC, custodian (or sub-custodian) or any other participant in the creation process, and similar
extraordinary events. The Distributor shall notify a prospective creator of a Creation Unit and/or
the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of the creator of a Creation Unit of its rejection of
the order of such
28
person. The trust, custodian (or sub-custodian) and the Distributor are under no duty, however, to
give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any
of them incur any liability for the failure to give any such notification.
Creation/Redemption Transaction Fee
. The funds may impose a Transaction Fee on investors
purchasing or redeeming Creation Units. The Transaction Fee will be limited to amounts that have
been determined by CSIM to be appropriate. The purpose of the Transaction Fee is to protect the
existing shareholders of the funds from the dilutive costs associated with the purchase and
redemption of Creation Units. The funds currently do not charge a standard creation or redemption
transaction fee, but may do so in the future. Where the funds permit cash creations (or
redemptions) or cash in lieu of depositing one or more Deposit Securities, the purchaser (or
redeemer) may be assessed an additional variable Transaction Fee to offset the transaction cost to
the funds of buying (or selling) those particular Deposit Securities. Transaction Fees may differ
for the funds, depending on the transaction expenses related to the funds portfolio securities.
Every purchaser of a Creation Unit will receive a prospectus that contains disclosure about the
Transaction Fee, including the maximum amount of the additional variable Transaction Fee charged by
the funds.
The following table sets forth the standard and additional variable creation/redemption transaction
fee for the funds.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Approximate Value
|
|
Standard
|
|
Additional
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
of One
|
|
Creation/Redemption
|
|
Creation
|
|
Redemption
|
Name of Fund
|
|
Creation Unit
|
|
Transaction Fee
|
|
Transaction Fee*
|
|
Transaction Fee*
|
Schwab U.S. TIPS ETF
|
|
$
|
10,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Schwab Short-Term U.S. Treasury ETF
|
|
$
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Schwab Intermediate-Term U.S. Treasury ETF
|
|
$
|
5,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
0
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
As a percentage of the total amount invested or redeemed.
|
Placement of Redemption Orders
. The process to redeem Creation Units works much like the process to
purchase Creation Units, but in reverse. Orders to redeem Creation Units of a fund must be
delivered through an Authorized Participant. Investors other than Authorized Participants are
responsible for making arrangements for a redemption request to be made through an Authorized
Participant. Orders must be accompanied or followed by the requisite number of shares of the funds
specified in such order, which delivery must be made to the Distributor no later than 10:00 a.m.
New York time on the next Business Day following the Transmittal Date. All other procedures set
forth in the Participant Agreement must be properly followed.
To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participants agreement, in the event the Authorized
Participant has submitted a redemption request but is unable to transfer all or part of the
Creation Units to be redeemed to the Distributor, the Distributor will nonetheless accept the
redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the
missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized
Participants delivery and maintenance of collateral consisting of cash having a value (marked to
market daily) at least equal to 110%, which CSIM may change from time to time, of the value of the
missing shares.
The current procedures for collateralization of missing shares require, among other things, that
any cash collateral shall be in the form of U.S. dollars in immediately-available funds and shall
be held by the custodian and marked to market daily. The fees of the custodian (and any
sub-custodians) in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the cash collateral shall
be payable by the Authorized Participant. The trust, on behalf of the funds, is permitted to
purchase the missing shares or acquire the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component underlying
such shares at any time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall
between the cost to the trust of purchasing such shares, Deposit Securities or Cash Component and
the value of the collateral.
If the requisite number of shares of the funds is not delivered on the Transmittal Date as
described above the funds may reject or revoke acceptance of the redemption request. If it is not
possible to effect deliveries of the fund securities, the trust may in its discretion exercise its
option to redeem such shares in U.S. cash and the redeeming Authorized Participant will be required
to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In addition, an investor may request a redemption in
cash that the fund may, in its sole discretion, permit. In either case, the investor will receive a
cash payment equal to the NAV of its shares based on the NAV of shares of a fund next determined
after the redemption request is received (minus a redemption Transaction Fee and additional
variable Transaction Fee for requested cash redemptions specified above, to offset the trusts
brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of fund securities). The
funds may also, in their sole discretion, upon request of a shareholder, provide such redeemer a
portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the fund securities but does not
differ in NAV.
Redemptions of shares for fund securities will be subject to compliance with applicable federal and
state securities laws and the funds (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserve
the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the trust could not lawfully deliver
specific fund securities upon redemptions or could not do so without first registering the fund
securities under such laws.
The funds will not suspend or postpone redemption beyond seven days, except as permitted under
Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act or pursuant to exemptive relief obtained by the trust. Section 22(e)
provides that the right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with
respect to the funds (1) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than customary
weekend and
29
holiday closings); (2) for any period during which trading on the NYSE is suspended or restricted;
(3) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of
a funds portfolio securities or determination of its net asset value is not reasonably
practicable; or (4) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.
Pricing of Shares
Each business day, the funds calculate their share price, or NAV, as of the close of the NYSE
(generally, 4 p.m. Eastern time). This means that NAVs are calculated using the values of a funds
portfolio securities as of the close of the NYSE. Such values are required to be determined in one
of two ways: securities for which market quotations are readily available are required to be valued
at current market value; and securities for which market quotations are not readily available are
required to be valued at fair value using procedures approved by the Board of Trustees.
The funds use approved pricing services to provide values for their portfolio securities. Current
market values are generally determined by the approved pricing services as follows: generally
securities traded on exchanges are valued at the last-quoted sales price on the exchange on which
such securities are primarily traded, or, lacking any sales, at the mean between the bid and ask
prices; generally securities traded in the over-the-counter market are valued at the last reported
sales price that day, or, if no sales are reported, at the mean between the bid and ask prices.
Generally securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued in accordance with the
NASDAQ Official Closing Price. Fixed income securities normally are valued based on valuations
provided by approved pricing services. Securities may be fair valued pursuant to procedures
approved by the funds Board of Trustees when a security is de-listed or its trading is halted or
suspended; when a securitys primary pricing source is unable or unwilling to provide a price; when
a securitys primary trading market is closed during regular market hours; or when a securitys
value is materially affected by events occurring after the close of the securitys primary trading
market. The Board of Trustees regularly reviews fair value determinations made by the funds
pursuant to the procedures.
NOTE: Transactions in fund shares will be priced at NAV only if you purchase or redeem shares
directly from a fund in Creation Units. Fund shares purchased or sold on a national securities
exchange are transacted at market prices, which may be higher (premium) or lower (discount) than
NAV.
TAXATION
Federal Tax Information for the Funds
This discussion of federal income tax consequences is based on the Code and the regulations issued
thereunder as in effect on the date of this Statement of Additional Information. New legislation,
as well as administrative changes or court decisions, may significantly change the conclusions
expressed herein, and may have a retroactive effect with respect to the transactions contemplated
herein.
It is each funds policy to qualify for taxation as a regulated investment company (RIC) by
meeting the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, each fund expects to
eliminate or reduce to a nominal amount the federal income tax to which it is subject. If a fund
does not qualify as a RIC under the Code, it will be subject to federal income tax on its net
investment income and any net realized capital gains. In addition, each fund could be required to
recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest, and make substantial distributions
before requalifying as a RIC.
Each fund is treated as a separate entity for federal income tax purposes and is not combined with
the trusts other funds. Each fund intends to qualify as a RIC so that it will be relieved of
federal income tax on that part of its income that is distributed to shareholders. To qualify for
treatment as a RIC, a fund must distribute annually to its shareholders at least 90% of its
investment company taxable income (generally, net investment income plus the excess, if any, of net
short-term capital gain over net long-term capital losses) and also must meet several additional
requirements. Among these requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of a funds gross income
each taxable year must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities
loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or
other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock or securities or
currencies and net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership; (ii)
at the close of each quarter of a funds taxable year, at least 50% of the value of its total
assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other
RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an
amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of a funds assets and that does not represent more
than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (iii) at the close of each
quarter of a funds taxable year, not more than 25% of the value of its assets may be invested in
securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one
issuer or of two or more issuers and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or
businesses if the fund owns at least 20% of the voting power of such issuers, or the securities of
one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
30
Certain master limited partnerships may qualify as qualified publicly traded partnerships for
purposes of the Subchapter M diversification rules described above. In order to do so, the master
limited partnership must satisfy two requirements during the taxable year. First, the interests of
such partnership either must be traded on an established securities market or must be readily
tradable on a secondary market (or the substantial equivalent thereof). Second, the partnership
must meet the 90% gross income requirements for the exception from treatment as a corporation with
gross income other than income consisting of dividends, interest, payments with respect to
securities loans, or gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign
currencies, or other income derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock
securities or currencies.
The Code imposes a non-deductible excise tax on RICs that do not distribute in a calendar year
(regardless of whether they otherwise have a non-calendar taxable year) an amount equal to 98% of
their ordinary income (as defined in the Code) for the calendar year plus 98% of their net
capital gain for the one-year period ending on October 31 of such calendar year, plus any
undistributed amounts from prior years. The non-deductible excise tax is equal to 4% of the
deficiency. For the foregoing purposes, a fund is treated as having distributed any amount on which
it is subject to income tax for any taxable year ending in such calendar year. A fund may in
certain circumstances be required to liquidate fund investments to make sufficient distributions to
avoid federal excise tax liability at a time when the investment adviser might not otherwise have
chosen to do so, and liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a
fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC.
A funds transactions in futures contracts, forward contracts, options and certain other investment
and hedging activities may be restricted by the Code and are subject to special tax rules. In a
given case, these rules may accelerate income to a fund, defer its losses, cause adjustments in the
holding periods of a funds assets, convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses
or otherwise affect the character of a funds income. These rules could therefore affect the
amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. Each fund will endeavor to make any
available elections pertaining to these transactions in a manner believed to be in the best
interest of a fund and its shareholders.
Each fund is required for federal income tax purposes to mark-to-market and recognize as income for
each taxable year its net unrealized gains and losses on certain futures contracts as of the end of
the year as well as those actually realized during the year. Gain or loss from futures and options
contracts on broad-based indexes required to be marked to market will be 60% long-term and 40%
short-term capital gain or loss. Application of this rule may alter the timing and character of
distributions to shareholders. Each fund may be required to defer the recognition of losses on
futures contracts, options contracts and swaps to the extent of any unrecognized gains on
offsetting positions held by the fund. It is anticipated that any net gain realized from the
closing out of futures or options contracts will be considered gain from the sale of securities and
therefore will be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% requirement described above. Each fund
distributes to shareholders at least annually any net capital gains that have been recognized for
federal income tax purposes, including unrealized gains at the end of the funds fiscal year on
futures or options transactions. Such distributions are combined with distributions of capital
gains realized on the funds other investments and shareholders are advised on the nature of the
distributions.
With respect to investments in zero coupon securities which are sold at original issue discount
(OID) and thus do not make periodic cash interest payments, a fund will be required to include as
part of its current income the imputed interest on such obligations even though the fund has not
received any interest payments on such obligations during that period. Because each fund
distributes all of its net investment income to its shareholders, a fund may have to sell fund
securities to distribute such imputed income which may occur at a time when the adviser would not
have chosen to sell such securities and which may result in taxable gain or loss.
Special federal income tax rules apply to the inflation-indexed bonds. Generally, all stated
interest on such bonds is taken into income by a fund under its regular method of accounting for
interest income. The amount of a positive inflation adjustment, which results in an increase in the
inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, is treated as OID. The OID is included in a funds
gross income ratably during the period ending with the maturity of the bond, under the general OID
inclusion rules. The amount of a funds OID in a taxable year with respect to a bond will increase
a funds taxable income for such year without a corresponding receipt of cash, until the bond
matures. As a result, as noted above, a fund may need to raise cash by selling portfolio
investments, which may occur at a time when the adviser would not have chosen to sell such
securities and which may result in capital gains to a fund and additional capital gain
distributions to fund shareholders. The amount of negative inflation adjustment, which results in a
decrease in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, reduces the amount of interest
(including stated, interest, OID, and market discount, if any) otherwise includible in a funds
income with respect to the bond for the taxable year.
Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a
bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if
issued with original issue discount. Absent an election by a Fund to include the market discount in
income as it accrues, gain on the Funds disposition of such an obligation will be treated as
ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.
31
Federal Income Tax Information for Shareholders
The discussion of federal income taxation presented below supplements the discussion in each funds
prospectus and only summarizes some of the important federal tax considerations generally affecting
shareholders of the funds. Accordingly, prospective investors (particularly those not residing or
domiciled in the United States) should consult their own tax advisors regarding the consequences of
investing in the funds.
Any dividends declared by a fund in October, November or December and paid the following January
are treated, for tax purposes, as if they were received by shareholders on December 31 of the year
in which they were declared. In general, distributions by a fund of investment company taxable
income (including net short-term capital gains), if any, whether received in cash or additional
shares, will be taxable to you as ordinary income. It is not expected that any portion of these
distributions will be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income which is eligible in
certain circumstances for reduced maximum tax rates to individuals.
Distributions from net capital gain (if any) that are designated as capital gains dividends are
taxable as long-term capital gains without regard to the length of time the shareholder has held
shares of a fund. However, if you receive a capital gains dividend with respect to fund shares held
for six months or less, any loss on the sale or exchange of those shares shall, to the extent of
the capital gains dividend, be treated as a long-term capital loss. Long-term capital gains also
will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%. Absent further legislation, the maximum 15% tax rate on
qualified dividend income and long-term capital gains will cease to apply to taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2010.
A fund will inform you of the amount of your ordinary income dividends and capital gain
distributions, if any, at the time they are paid and will advise you of their tax status for
federal income tax purposes, including what portion of the distributions will be qualified dividend
income, shortly after the close of each calendar year.
If a fund makes a distribution to a shareholder in excess of a funds current and accumulated
earnings and profits in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of
capital to the extent of the shareholders tax basis in its shares, and thereafter, as capital
gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but reduces a shareholders tax basis in its shares, thus
reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of
its shares. For corporate investors in a fund, dividend distributions a fund designates to be from
dividends received from qualifying domestic corporations will be eligible for the 70% corporate
dividends-received deduction to the extent they would qualify if the fund were a regular
corporation. Distributions by a fund also may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes, which
may differ from the federal income tax treatment described above.
A sale of shares in a fund may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized
upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the
shares have been held for more than 12 months. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable
disposition of shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. Under current law, the
maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains available to non-corporate shareholders is generally
15% for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. Any loss realized upon a taxable
disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than
short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received)
by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable
disposition of shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of a fund are
purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly
purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
An Authorized Participant who exchanges securities for Creation Units generally will recognize a
gain or a loss. The gain or loss will be equal to the difference between the market value of the
Creation Units at the time and the sum of the exchangers aggregate basis in the securities
surrendered plus the amount of cash paid for such Creation Units. A person who redeems Creation
Units will generally recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the exchangers basis
in the Creation Units and the sum of the aggregate market value of any securities received plus the
amount of any cash received for such Creation Units. The Internal Revenue Service, however, may
assert that a loss realized upon an exchange of securities for Creation Units cannot be deducted
currently under the rules governing wash sales, or on the basis that there has been no
significant change in economic position.
Any capital gain or loss realized upon the creation of Creation Units will generally be treated as
long-term capital gain or loss if the securities exchanged for such Creation Units have been held
for more than one year. Any capital gain or loss realized upon the redemption of Creation Units
will generally be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares comprising the Creation
Units have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, such capital gains or losses will be
treated as short-term capital gains or losses. In some circumstances, a redemption of Creation
Units may be treated as resulting in a distribution to which section 301 of the Code applies,
potentially causing amounts received by the shareholder in the redemption to be treated as dividend
income rather than as a payment in exchange for Creation Units. The rules for determining when a
redemption will be treated as giving rise to a distribution under section 301 of the Code and the
tax consequences of Code section 301 distributions are complex. Persons purchasing or
32
redeeming Creation Units should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax treatment of
any creation or redemption transaction.
Each fund has the right to reject an order to for Creation Units if the purchaser (or group of
purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares
of the fund and if, pursuant to section 351 of the Code, the respective fund would have a basis in
the deposit securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit.
Each fund also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial Share
ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.
Disclosure for Non-U.S. Shareholders
Dividends paid by the funds to shareholders who are
nonresident aliens or foreign entities will be subject to a 30% United States withholding tax
unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is provided under applicable treaty
law to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gain (other than qualified
short-term capital gain described below) or unless such income is effectively connected with a
U.S. trade or business carried on through a permanent establishment in the United States.
Nonresident shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the applicability
of the United States withholding tax and the proper withholding form(s) to be submitted to the
funds. A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an appropriate Internal Revenue Service Form W-8
may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.
The funds may, under certain circumstances, designate all or a portion of a dividend as an
interest-related dividend that if received by a nonresident alien or foreign entity generally
would be exempt from the 30% U.S. withholding tax, provided that certain other requirements are
met. The funds may also, under certain circumstances, designate all or a portion of a dividend as a
qualified short-term capital gain dividend which if received by a nonresident alien or foreign
entity generally would be exempt from the 30% U.S. withholding tax, unless the foreign person is a
nonresident alien individual present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183
days or more during the taxable year. In the case of Shares held through an intermediary, the
intermediary may withhold even if the funds designate the payment as qualified net interest income
or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries
with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. The provisions relating to
dividends to foreign persons would apply to dividends with respect to taxable years of the funds
beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2010. Legislation is pending to extend this
treatment beyond January 1, 2010, which may make these provisions applicable to the funds.
Backup Withholding and Certain Reporting
Each fund will be required in certain cases to withhold
at the applicable withholding rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury the withheld amount of taxable
dividends paid to any shareholder who (1) fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number
certified under penalty of perjury; (2) is subject to withholding by the Internal Revenue Service
for failure to properly report all payments of interest or dividends; (3) fails to provide a
certified statement that he or she is not subject to backup withholding; or (4) fails to provide
a certified statement that he or she is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup
withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld may be credited against the
shareholders ultimate U.S. tax liability.
Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an
individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must
file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of
portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current
guidance, shareholders of a RIC such as a fund are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the
current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact
that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of
whether the taxpayers treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax
advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual
circumstances.
Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the state and local tax rules affecting
investments in the funds.
33
APPENDIX A RATINGS OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
From time to time, the fund may report the percentage of its assets that fall into the rating
categories set forth below.
BONDS
Moodys Investors Service
Aaa
Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree
of investment risk and are generally referred to as gilt edged. Interest payments are protected
by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various
protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to
impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.
Aa
Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the
Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the
best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of
protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make
the long term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.
A
Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as
upper-medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered
adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment some time in the
future.
Baa
Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations (i.e., they are neither
highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for
the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable
over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact
have speculative characteristics as well.
Ba
Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be
considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very
moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future.
Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.
B
Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of
interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long
period of time may be small.
Standard & Poors Corporation
Investment Grade
AAA
Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. Capacity to pay interest and repay
principal is extremely strong.
AA
Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from
the highest rated debt only in small degree.
A
Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although it is somewhat
more susceptible to adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt
in higher-rated categories.
BBB
Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay
principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions
or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay
principal for debt in this category than in higher rated categories.
Speculative Grade
Debt rated BB and B is regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with
respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. While such debt will likely have some
quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk
exposures to adverse conditions.
34
BB
Debt rated BB has less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt.
However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or
economic conditions that could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal
payments. The BB rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is
assigned an actual or implied BBB- rating.
B
Debt rate B has greater vulnerability to default but presently has the capacity to meet
interest payments and principal repayments. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions
would likely impair capacity or willingness to pay interest and repay principal. The B rating
category also is used for debt subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied
BB or BB- rating.
Fitch, Inc.
Investment Grade Bond
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest
credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong
ability to pay interest and repay principal, which is unlikely
to be affected by reasonably foreseeable events.
|
|
|
|
AA
|
|
Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high
credit quality. The obligors ability to pay interest and
repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong
as bonds rated AAA. Because bonds rated in the AAA and
AA categories are not significantly vulnerable to
foreseeable future developments, short term debt of these
issuers is generally rated F1+.
|
|
|
|
A
|
|
Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit
quality. The obligors ability to pay interest and repay
principal is considered to be strong, but may be more
vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and
circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.
|
|
|
|
BBB
|
|
Bonds considered to be investment grade and of satisfactory
credit quality. The obligors ability to pay interest and
repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes
in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more
likely to have adverse impact on these bonds, and therefore
impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of
these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than
for bonds with higher ratings.
|
|
|
|
Speculative grade bond
|
|
|
|
BB
|
|
Bonds are considered speculative. The obligors ability to pay
interest and repay principal may be affected over time by
adverse economic changes. However, business and financial
alternatives can be identified which could assist the obligor
in satisfying its debt service requirements.
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
Bonds are considered highly speculative. While bonds in this
class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the
probability of continued timely payment of principal and
interest reflects the obligors limited margin of safety and
the need for reasonable business and economic activity
throughout the life of the issue.
|
Dominion Bond Rating Service
Bond and Long Term Debt Rating Scale
As is the case with all DBRS rating scales, long term debt ratings are meant to give an indication
of the risk that the borrower will not fulfill its full obligations in a timely manner with respect
to both interest and principal commitments. DBRS ratings do not take factors such as pricing or
market risk into consideration and are expected to be used by purchasers as one part of their
investment process. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations that
are relevant for the borrowing entity.
AAA: Highest Credit Quality
AA: Superior Credit Quality
A: Satisfactory Credit Quality
BBB: Adequate Credit Quality
BB: Speculative
B: Highly Speculative
CCC: Very Highly Speculative
35
CC: Very Highly Speculative
C: Very Highly Speculative
AAA
Bonds rated AAA are of the highest credit quality, with exceptionally strong protection for
the timely repayment of principal and interest. Earnings are considered stable, the structure of
the industry in which the entity operates is strong, and the outlook for future profitability is
favorable. There are few qualifying factors present which would detract from the performance of the
entity, the strength of liquidity and coverage ratios is unquestioned and the entity has
established a creditable track record of superior performance. Given the extremely tough definition
which DBRS has established for this category, few entities are able to achieve a AAA rating.
AA
Bonds rated AA are of superior credit quality, and protection of interest and principal is
considered high. In many cases, they differ from bonds rated AAA only to a small degree. Given the
extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the AAA category (which few companies are able to
achieve), entities rated AA are also considered to be strong credits which typically exemplify
above-average strength in key areas of consideration and are unlikely to be significantly affected
by reasonably foreseeable events.
A
Bonds rated A are of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is
still substantial, but the degree of strength is less than with AA rated entities. While a
respectable rating, entities in the A category are considered to be more susceptible to adverse
economic conditions and have greater cyclical tendencies than higher rated companies.
BBB
Bonds rated BBB are of adequate credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is
considered adequate, but the entity is more susceptible to adverse changes in financial and
economic conditions, or there may be other adversities present which reduce the strength of the
entity and its rated securities.
BB
Bonds rated BB are defined to be speculative, where the degree of protection afforded
interest and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic recession. Entities in
the BB area typically have limited access to capital markets and additional liquidity support and,
in many cases, small size or lack of competitive strength may be additional negative
considerations.
B
Bonds rated B are highly speculative and there is a reasonably high level of uncertainty
which exists as to the ability of the entity to pay interest and principal on a continuing basis in
the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity.
CCC
/
CC
/
C
Bonds rated in any of these categories are very highly speculative and are in
danger of default of interest and principal. The degree of adverse elements present is more severe
than bonds rated B. Bonds rated below B often have characteristics which, if not remedied, may
lead to default. In practice, there is little difference between the C to CCC categories, with
CC and C normally used to lower ranking debt of companies where the senior debt is rated in the
CCC to B range.
D
This category indicates Bonds in default of either interest or principal.
(
high
,
low
) grades are used to indicate the relative standing of a credit within a particular
rating category. The lack of one of these designations indicates a rating which is essentially in
the middle of the category. Note that high and low grades are not used for the AAA category.
COMMERCIAL PAPER AND SHORT-TERM DEBT RATING SCALE
Dominion Bond Rating Service
As is the case with all DBRS rating scales, commercial paper ratings are meant to give an
indication of the risk that the borrower will not fulfill its obligations in a timely manner. DBRS
ratings do not take factors such as pricing or market risk into consideration and are expected to
be used by purchasers as one part of their investment process. Every DBRS rating is based on
quantitative and qualitative considerations which are relevant for the borrowing entity.
R-1: Prime Credit Quality
R-2: Adequate Credit Quality
R-3: Speculative
36
All three DBRS rating categories for short term debt use high, middle or low as subset grades
to designate the relative standing of the credit within a particular rating category. The following
comments provide separate definitions for the three grades in the Prime Credit Quality area, as
this is where ratings for active borrowers in Canada continue to be heavily concentrated.
R-1 (high)
Short term debt rated R-1 (high) is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an
entity which possesses unquestioned ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due. Entities
rated in this category normally maintain strong liquidity positions, conservative debt levels and
profitability which is both stable and above average. Companies achieving an R-1 (high) rating
are normally leaders in structurally sound industry segments with proven track records, sustainable
positive future results and no substantial qualifying negative factors. Given the extremely tough
definition which DBRS has established for an R-1 (high), few entities are strong enough to
achieve this rating.
R-1 (middle)
Short term debt rated R-1 (middle) is of superior credit quality and, in most
cases, ratings in this category differ from R-1 (high) credits to only a small degree. Given the
extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the R-1 (high) category (which few companies are
able to achieve), entities rated R-1 (middle) are also considered strong credits which typically
exemplify above average strength in key areas of consideration for debt protection.
R-1 (low)
Short term debt rated R-1 (low) is of satisfactory credit quality. The overall
strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios is not normally as favorable
as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable. Any qualifying
negative factors which exist are considered manageable, and the entity is normally of sufficient
size to have some influence in its industry.
R-2 (high)
,
R-2 (middle)
,
R-2 (low)
Short term debt rated R-2 is of adequate credit quality
and within the three subset grades, debt protection ranges from having reasonable ability for
timely repayment to a level which is considered only just adequate. The liquidity and debt ratios
of entities in the R-2 classification are not as strong as those in the R-1 category, and the
past and future trend may suggest some risk of maintaining the strength of key ratios in these
areas. Alternative sources of liquidity support are considered satisfactory; however, even the
strongest liquidity support will not improve the commercial paper rating of the issuer. The size of
the entity may restrict its flexibility, and its relative position in the industry is not typically
as strong as an R-1 credit. Profitability trends, past and future, may be less favorable,
earnings not as stable, and there are often negative qualifying factors present which could also
make the entity more vulnerable to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.
R-3 (high)
,
R-3 (middle)
,
R-3 (low)
Short term debt rated R-3 is speculative, and within
the three subset grades, the capacity for timely payment ranges from mildly speculative to
doubtful. R-3 credits tend to have weak liquidity and debt ratios, and the future trend of these
ratios is also unclear. Due to its speculative nature, companies with R-3 ratings would normally
have very limited access to alternative sources of liquidity. Earnings would typically be very
unstable, and the level of overall profitability of the entity is also likely to be low. The
industry environment may be weak, and strong negative qualifying factors are also likely to be
present.
SHORT TERM NOTES AND VARIABLE RATE DEMAND OBLIGATIONS
Moodys Investors Service
Short term notes/variable rate demand obligations bearing the designations MIG-1/VMIG-1 are
considered to be of the best quality, enjoying strong protection from established cash flows,
superior liquidity support or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
Obligations rated MIG-2/VMIG-3 are of high quality and enjoy ample margins of protection although
not as large as those of the top rated securities.
Standard & Poors Corporation
An S&P SP-1 rating indicates that the subject securities issuer has a strong capacity to pay
principal and interest. Issues determined to possess very strong safety characteristics are given a
plus (+) designation. S&Ps determination that an issuer has a satisfactory capacity to pay
principal and interest is denoted by an SP-2 rating.
Fitch, Inc.
Obligations supported by the highest capacity for timely repayment are rated F1+. An F1 rating
indicates that the obligation is supported by a very strong capacity for timely repayment.
Obligations rated F2 are supported by a good capacity for timely repayment, although adverse
changes in business, economic, or financial conditions may affect this capacity.
37
COMMERCIAL PAPER
Moodys Investors Service
Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moodys. Issuers (or related supporting
institutions) of commercial paper with this rating are considered to have a superior ability to
repay short term promissory obligations. Issuers (or related supporting institutions) of securities
rated Prime-2 are viewed as having a strong capacity to repay short term promissory obligations.
This capacity will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics of issuers whose commercial
paper is rated Prime-1 but to a lesser degree.
Standard & Poors Corporation
A Standard & Poors Corporation (S&P) A-1 commercial paper rating indicates a strong degree of
safety regarding timely payment of principal and interest. Issues determined to possess
overwhelming safety characteristics are denoted A-1+. Capacity for timely payment on commercial
paper rated A-2 is satisfactory, but the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues
designated A-1.
Fitch, Inc.
F1+ is the highest category, and indicates the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.
Issues rated F1 reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less than issues rated F1+.
Issues assigned an F2 rating have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the
margin of safety is not as great as for issues in the first two rating categories.
38
APPENDIX B DESCRIPTION OF PROXY VOTING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
The Charles Schwab Family of Funds
Schwab Investments
Schwab Capital Trust
Schwab Annuity Portfolios
Laudus Trust
Laudus Institutional Trust
Schwab Strategic Trust
Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures
As of February 2010
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), as an investment adviser, is generally
responsible for voting proxies with respect to the securities held in accounts of investment
companies and other clients for which it provides discretionary investment management services.
CSIMs Proxy Committee exercises and documents CSIMs responsibility with regard to voting of
client proxies (the Proxy Committee). The Proxy Committee is composed of representatives of
CSIMs Fund Administration, Legal, and Portfolio Management Departments, and chaired by CSIMs
Deputy Chief Investment Officer. The Proxy Committee reviews and, as necessary, may amend
periodically these Procedures to address new or revised proxy voting policies or procedures. The
policies stated in these Proxy Voting Policy and Procedures (the CSIM Proxy Procedures) pertain
to all of CSIMs clients.
The Boards of Trustees (the Trustees) of The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments,
Schwab Capital Trust, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios ( Schwab Funds) have delegated the
responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective Investment Advisory and
Administration Agreements. In addition, the Boards of Trustees (the Trustees) of Laudus Trust and
Laudus Institutional Trust (Laudus Funds) and the Schwab Strategic Trust (Schwab ETFs;
collectively, the Schwab Funds, the Laudus Funds and the Schwab ETFs are the Funds) have
delegated the responsibility for voting proxies to CSIM through their respective Investment
Advisory and Administration Agreements. The Trustees have adopted these Proxy Procedures with
respect to proxies voted on behalf of the various Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds, and Schwab ETFs
portfolios. CSIM will present amendments to the Trustees for approval. However, there may be
circumstances where the Proxy Committee deems it advisable to amend the Proxy Procedures between
regular Schwab Funds, Laudus Funds and Schwab ETFs Board meetings. In such cases, the Trustees
will be asked to ratify any changes at the next regular meeting of the Board.
To assist CSIM in its responsibility for voting proxies and the overall proxy voting process, CSIM
has retained Glass Lewis & Co. (Glass Lewis) as an expert in the proxy voting and corporate
governance area. The services provided by Glass Lewis include in-depth research, global issuer
analysis, and voting recommendations as well as vote execution, reporting and record keeping.
Proxy Voting Policy
For investment companies and other clients for which CSIM exercises its responsibility for voting
proxies, it is CSIMs policy to vote proxies in the manner that CSIM and the Proxy Committee
determine will maximize the economic benefit to CSIMs clients. In furtherance of this policy, the
Proxy Committee has received and reviewed Glass Lewis written proxy voting policies and procedures
(Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures) and has determined that Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures, with the
exceptions noted below, are consistent with the CSIM Proxy Procedures and CSIMs fiduciary duty
with respect to its clients. The Proxy Committee will review any material amendments to Glass
Lewis Proxy Procedures to determine whether such procedures continue to be consistent with the
CSIM Proxy Voting Procedures, and CSIMs fiduciary duty with respect to its clients.
Except under each of the circumstances described below, the Proxy Committee will delegate to Glass
Lewis responsibility for voting proxies, including timely submission of votes, on behalf of CSIMs
clients in accordance with Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures.
For proxy issues, that are determined by the Proxy Committee or the applicable portfolio manager or
other relevant portfolio management staff to raise significant concerns with respect to the
accounts of CSIM clients, the Proxy Committee will review the analysis and recommendation of Glass
Lewis. Examples of factors that could cause a matter to raise significant concerns include, but
are not limited to: issues whose outcome has the potential to materially affect the companys
industry, or regional or national economy, and matters which involve broad public policy
developments which may similarly materially affect the environment in which the company operates.
The Proxy Committee also will solicit input from the assigned portfolio manager and other relevant
portfolio management staff for the particular portfolio security. After evaluating all such
recommendations, the Proxy Committee will decide how to vote the shares and will instruct Glass
Lewis to vote consistent with its decision. The Proxy Committee has the ultimate responsibility
for making the determination of how to vote the shares in order to maximize the value of that
particular holding.
With respect to proxies of an affiliated mutual fund, the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in
the same proportion as the vote of all other shareholders of the fund (
i.e.
, echo vote), unless
otherwise required by law. When required by law, the Proxy Committee will also echo vote proxies
of an unaffiliated mutual fund. For example, certain exemptive orders issued to the Schwab Funds
by the Securities and Exchange Commission and Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended, require the Schwab Funds, under certain circumstances, to echo vote proxies of
registered investment companies that serve as underlying investments of the Schwab Funds. When not
required to echo vote, the Proxy Committee will delegate to Glass Lewis responsibility for voting
proxies of an unaffiliated mutual fund in accordance with Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures.
In addition, with respect to holdings of The Charles Schwab Corporation (CSC) (ticker symbol:
SCHW), the Proxy Committee will vote such proxies in the same proportion as the vote of all other
shareholders of the fund (
i.e.
, echo vote), unless otherwise required by law.
Exceptions from Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures
: The Proxy Committee has reviewed the
particular policies set forth in Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures and has determined that the
implementation of custom policies in the following is consistent with CSIMs fiduciary duty with
respect to its clients:
|
|
|
Independent Chairman
: With respect to shareholder proposals requiring that a
company chairmans position be filled by an independent director, the Proxy Committee has
instructed Glass Lewis to vote against such proposals unless the company does not meet the
applicable minimum total shareholder return threshold, as calculated below. In cases where
a company fails to meet the threshold, the Proxy Committee has instructed Glass Lewis to
vote the shareholder proposals requiring that the chairmans position be filled by an
independent director in accordance with Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures. Additionally, with
respect to the election of a director who serves as the governance committee chair (or, in
the absence of a governance committee, the chair of the nominating committee), the Proxy
Committee has instructed Glass Lewis to vote for the director in cases where the company
chairmans position is not filled by an independent director and an independent lead or
presiding director has not been appointed.
|
|
|
|
|
Classified Boards
: With respect to shareholder proposals declassifying a
staggered board in favor of the annual election of directors, the Proxy Committee has
instructed Glass Lewis to vote against such proposals unless the company does not meet the
applicable minimum total shareholder return threshold, as calculated below. In cases where
a company fails to meet the threshold, the Proxy Committee has instructed Glass Lewis to
vote the shareholder proposals declassifying a staggered board in favor of the annual
election of directors in accordance with Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures.
|
Glass Lewis uses a three-year total return performance methodology to calculate the applicable
minimum total shareholder return threshold. For Russell 3000 Index constituents, if a companys
total annual shareholder return is in the bottom 25% of Russell 3000 constituent companies total
annual shareholder returns for three consecutive years, the company will be deemed not to have met
the threshold. For companies not in the Russell 3000 Index, the universe of companies used for the
minimum total shareholder return threshold calculation is all Glass Lewis covered companies outside
of the Russell 3000 Index.
There may be circumstances in which Glass Lewis does not provide an analysis or recommendation for
voting a securitys proxy. In that event, and when the criteria set forth below are met, two
members of the Proxy Committee, including at least one representative from equity Portfolio
Management, may decide how to vote such proxy in order to maximize the value of that particular
holding. The following criteria must be met: (1) For each Fund that holds the security in its
portfolio, the value of the security must represent less than one tenth of one cent in the Funds
NAV,
and
(2) the securitys value must equal less than $50,000 in the aggregate across all of the
Funds and separate accounts that hold this security. Any voting decision made under these
circumstances will be reported to the Proxy Committee at its next scheduled meeting. If the
criteria are not met, the Proxy Committee may meet to decide how to vote such proxy.
Conflicts of Interest
. Except as described above for proxies of mutual funds, CSC and
exceptions to Glass Lewis Proxy Procedures, where proxy issues present material conflicts of
interest between CSIM, and/or any of its affiliates, and CSIMs clients, CSIM will delegate to
Glass Lewis responsibility for voting such proxies in accordance with Glass Lewis Proxy
Procedures,. The CSIM Legal Department is responsible for developing procedures to identify
material conflicts of interest.
Voting Foreign Proxies
. CSIM has arrangements with Glass Lewis for voting proxies. However,
voting proxies with respect to shares of foreign securities may involve significantly greater
effort and corresponding cost than voting proxies with respect to domestic securities, due to the
variety of regulatory schemes and corporate practices in foreign countries with respect to proxy
voting. Problems voting foreign proxies may include the following:
|
o
|
|
proxy statements and ballots written in a foreign language;
|
|
|
o
|
|
untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings;
|
|
|
o
|
|
restrictions of foreigners ability to exercise votes; o requirements to vote proxies in
person;
|
|
|
o
|
|
requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate CSIMs voting
instructions.
|
In consideration of the foregoing issues, Glass Lewis uses its best-efforts to vote foreign
proxies. As part of its ongoing oversight, the Proxy Committee will monitor the voting of foreign
proxies to determine whether all reasonable steps are taken to vote foreign proxies. If the Proxy
Committee determines that the cost associated with the attempt to vote outweighs the potential
benefits clients may derive from voting, the Proxy Committee may decide not to attempt to vote. In
addition, certain foreign countries impose restrictions on the sale of securities for a period of
time in proximity to the shareholder meeting. To avoid these trading restrictions, the Proxy
Committee instructs Glass Lewis not to vote such foreign proxies.
Securities Lending Programs
. Certain of the Funds enter into securities lending
arrangements with lending agents to generate additional revenue for their portfolios. In securities
lending arrangements, any voting rights that accompany the loaned securities generally pass to the
borrower of the securities, but the lender retains the right to recall a security and may then
exercise the securitys voting rights. In order to vote the proxies of securities out on loan, the
securities must be recalled prior to the established record date. CSIM will use its best efforts to
recall a Funds securities on loan and vote such securities proxies if (a) the proxy relates to a
special meeting of shareholders of the issuer (as opposed to the issuers annual meeting of
shareholders), or (b) the Fund owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the issuer. Further,
it is CSIMs policy to use its best efforts to recall securities on loan and vote such securities
proxies if CSIM determines that the proxies involve a material event affecting the loaned
securities. CSIM may utilize third-party service providers to assist it in identifying and
evaluating whether an event is material. CSIM may also recall securities on loan and vote such
securities proxies in its discretion.
Sub-Advisory Relationships
. For investment companies or other clients that CSIM has
delegated day-to-day investment management responsibilities to an investment adviser, CSIM may
delegate its responsibility to vote proxies with respect to such investment companies or other
clients securities. Each Sub-adviser to whom proxy voting responsibility has been delegated will
be required to review all proxy solicitation material and to exercise the voting rights associated
with the securities as it has been allocated in the best interest of each investment company and
its shareholders, or other client. Prior to delegating the proxy voting responsibility, CSIM will
review each sub-advisers proxy voting policy to ensure that each Sub-advisers proxy voting policy
is generally consistent with the maximization of economic benefits to the investment company or
other client.
Reporting and Record Retention
CSIM will maintain, or cause Glass Lewis to maintain, records that identify the manner in which
proxies have been voted (or not voted) on behalf of CSIM clients. CSIM will comply with all
applicable rules and regulations regarding disclosure of its or its clients proxy voting records
and procedures.
CSIM will retain all proxy voting materials and supporting documentation as required under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder.
PROXY PAPER GUIDELINES
2010 PROXY SEASON
UNITED STATES
AN OVERVIEW OF THE GLASS LEWIS APPROACH TO
PROXY ADVICE
|
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
3
I. A Board of Directors That
Serves the Interests of Shareholders
ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
The purpose of Glass Lewis proxy research and advice is to facilitate shareholder voting in favor
of governance structures that will drive performance, create shareholder value and maintain a
proper tone at the top. Glass Lewis looks for talented boards with a record of protecting
shareholders and delivering value over the medium- and long-term. We believe that boards working to
protect and enhance the best interests of shareholders are independent, have directors with diverse
backgrounds, have a record of positive performance, and have members with a breadth and depth of
relevant experience.
Independence
The independence of directors, or lack thereof, is ultimately demonstrated through the decisions
they make. In assessing the independence of directors, we will take into consideration, when
appropriate, whether a director has a track record indicative of making objective decisions.
Likewise, when assessing the independence of directors we will also examine when a directors
service track record on multiple boards indicates a lack of objective decision-making. Ultimately,
we believe the determination of whether a director is independent or not must take into
consideration both compliance with the applicable independence listing requirements as well as
judgments made by the director.
We look at each director nominee to examine the directors relationships with the company, the
companys executives, and other directors. We do this to evaluate whether personal, familial, or
financial relationships (not including director compensation) may impact the directors decisions.
We believe that such relationships make it difficult for a director to put shareholders interests
above the directors or the related partys interests. We also believe that a director who owns
more than 20% of a company can exert disproportionate influence on the board and, in particular,
the audit committee.
Thus, we put directors into three categories based on an examination of the type of relationship
they have with the company:
Independent Director An independent director has no material financial, familial or other
current relationships with the company, its executives, or other board members, except for
board service and standard fees paid for that service. Relationships that existed within
three to five years
1
before the inquiry are usually considered current for
purposes of this test.
In our view, a director who is currently serving in an interim management position should be
considered an insider, while a director who previously served in an interim management
position for less than one year and is no longer serving in such capacity is considered
independent. Moreover, a director who previously served in an interim management position for
over one year and is no longer serving in such capacity is considered an affiliate for five
years following the date of his/her resignation or departure from the interim management
position. Glass Lewis applies a
|
|
|
1
|
|
NASDAQ originally proposed a five-year
look-back period but both it and the NYSE ultimately settled on a three-year
look-back prior to finalizing their rules. A five-year standard is more
appropriate, in our view, because we believe that the unwinding of conflicting
relationships between former management and board members is more likely to be
complete and final after five years. However, Glass Lewis does not apply the
five-year look back period to directors who have previously served as
executives of the company on an interim basis for less than one year.
|
4
three-year look back period to all directors who have an affiliation with the company other than
former employment, for which we apply a five-year look back.
Affiliated Director An affiliated director has a material financial, familial or other
relationship with the company or its executives, but is not an employee of the
company.
2
This includes directors whose employers have a material financial
relationship with the company.
3
In addition, we view a director who owns or controls
20% or more of the companys voting stock as an affiliate.
We view 20% shareholders as affiliates because they typically have access to and involvement with
the management of a company that is fundamentally different from that of ordinary shareholders.
More importantly, 20% holders may have interests that diverge from those of ordinary holders, for
reasons such as the liquidity (or lack thereof) of their holdings, personal tax issues, etc.
Inside Director An inside director simultaneously serves as a director and as an employee of the
company. This category may include a chairman of the board who acts as an employee of the company
or is paid as an employee of the company. In our view, an inside director who derives a greater
amount of income as a result of affiliated transactions with the company rather than through
compensation paid by the company (i.e., salary, bonus, etc. as a company employee) faces a
conflict between making decisions that are in the best interests of the company versus those in
the directors own best interests. Therefore, we will recommend voting against such a director.
Definition of Material: A material relationship is one in which the dollar value exceeds: (i)
$50,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for directors who are paid for a service they have
agreed to perform for the company, outside of their service as a director, including
professional or other services; or (ii) $120,000 (or where no amount is disclosed) for those
directors employed by a professional services firm such as a law firm, investment bank, or
consulting firm where the company pays the firm, not the individual, for services. This dollar
limit would also apply to charitable contributions to schools where a board member is a
professor; or charities where a director serves on the board or is an executive;
4
and any aircraft and real estate dealings between the company and the directors firm; or (iii)
1% of either companys consolidated gross revenue for other business relationships (e.g., where
the director is an executive officer of a company that provides services or products to or
receives services or products from the company).
Definition of Familial: Familial relationships include a persons spouse, parents, children,
siblings, grandparents, uncles, aunts, cousins, nieces, nephews, in-laws, and anyone (other
than domestic employees) who shares such persons home. A director is an affiliate if the
director has a family member who is employed by the company and who receives compensation of
$120,000 or more per year or the compensation is not disclosed.
Definition of Company: A company includes any parent or subsidiary in a group with the
company or any entity that merged with, was acquired by, or acquired the company.
|
|
|
2
|
|
If a company classifies one of its
non-employee directors as non-independent, Glass Lewis will classify that
director as an affiliate.
|
|
3
|
|
We allow a five-year grace period for former
executives of the company or merged companies who have consulting agreements
with the surviving company. (We do not automatically recommend voting against
directors in such cases for the first five years.) If the consulting agreement
persists after this five-year grace period, we apply the materiality thresholds
outlined in the definition of material.
|
|
4
|
|
We will generally take into consideration the
size and nature of such charitable entities in relation to the companys size
and industry along with any other relevant factors such as the directors role
at the charity.
|
5
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Board Independence
Glass Lewis believes a board will be most effective in protecting shareholders interests if it is
at least two-thirds independent. We note that each of the Business Roundtable, the Conference
Board, and the Council of Institutional Investors advocates that two-thirds of the board be
independent. Where more than one-third of the members are affiliated or inside directors, we
typically
5
recommend voting against some of the inside and/or affiliated directors in
order to satisfy the two-thirds threshold.
6
In the case of a less than two-thirds independent board, Glass Lewis strongly supports the
existence of a presiding or lead director with authority to set the meeting agendas and to lead
sessions outside the insider chairmans presence.
In addition, we scrutinize avowedly independent chairmen and lead directors. We believe that they
should be unquestionably independent or the company should not tout them as such.
Committee Independence
We believe that only independent directors should serve on a companys audit, compensation,
nominating, and governance committees.
7
We typically recommend that shareholders vote
against any affiliated or inside director seeking appointment to an audit, compensation,
nominating, or governance committee, or who has served in that capacity in the past year.
Independent Chairman
Glass Lewis believes that separating the roles of CEO (or, more rarely, another executive position)
and chairman creates a better governance structure than a combined CEO/chairman position. An
executive manages the business according to a course the board charts. Executives should report to
the board regarding their performance in achieving goals the board set. This is needlessly
complicated when a CEO chairs the board, since a CEO/chairman presumably will have a significant
influence over the board.
It can become difficult for a board to fulfill its role of overseer and policy setter when a CEO/
chairman controls the agenda and the boardroom discussion. Such control can allow a CEO to have an
entrenched position, leading to longer-than-optimal terms, fewer checks on management, less
scrutiny of the business operation, and limitations on independent, shareholder-focused
goal-setting by the board.
A CEO should set the strategic course for the company, with the boards approval, and the board
should enable the CEO to carry out the CEOs vision for accomplishing the boards objectives.
Failure to achieve the boards objectives should lead the board to replace that CEO with someone in
whom the board has confidence.
|
|
|
5
|
|
With a staggered board, if the affiliates or
insiders that we believe should not be on the board are not up for election, we
will express our concern regarding those directors, but we will not recommend
voting against the affiliates or insiders who are up for election just to
achieve two-thirds independence.
|
|
6
|
|
Where a director serves on a board as a
representative (as part of his or her basic responsibilities) of an investment
firm with greater than 20% ownership, we will generally consider him/her to be
affiliated but will not recommend voting against unless (i) the investment firm
has disproportionate board representation or (ii) the director serves on the
audit committee.
|
|
7
|
|
We will recommend voting against an audit
committee member who owns 20% or more of the companys stock, and we believe
that there should be a maximum of one director (or no directors if the
committee is comprised of less than three directors) who owns 20% or more of
the companys stock on the compensation, nominating, and governance committees.
|
6
Likewise, an independent chairman can better oversee executives and set a pro-shareholder
agenda without the management conflicts that a CEO and other executive insiders often face.
Such oversight and concern for shareholders allows for a more proactive and effective board
of directors that is better able to look out for the interests of shareholders.
Further, it is the boards responsibility to select a chief executive who can best serve
a company and its shareholders and to replace this person when his or her duties have not
been appropriately fulfilled. Such a replacement becomes more difficult and happens less
frequently when the chief executive is also in the position of overseeing the board.
We recognize that empirical evidence regarding the separation of these two roles remains
inconclusive. However, Glass Lewis believes that the installation of an independent chairman
is almost always a positive step from a corporate governance perspective and promotes the
best interests of shareholders. Further, the presence of an independent chairman fosters the
creation of a thoughtful and dynamic board, not dominated by the views of senior management.
We do not recommend that shareholders vote against CEOs who chair the board. However, we
typically encourage our clients to support separating the roles of chairman and CEO whenever
that question is posed in a proxy (typically in the form of a shareholder proposal), as we
believe that it is in the long-term best interests of the company and its shareholders.
Performance
The most crucial test of a boards commitment to the company and its shareholders lies in the
actions of the board and its members. We look at the performance of these individuals as directors
and executives of the company and of other companies where they have served.
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Performance
We disfavor directors who have a record of not fulfilling their responsibilities to
shareholders at any company where they have held a board or executive position. We typically
recommend voting against:
1. A director who fails to attend a minimum of 75% of the board meetings or 75% of the
total of applicable committee meetings and board meetings.
8
2. A director who belatedly filed a significant form(s) 4 or 5, or who has a pattern of
late filings if the late filing was the directors fault (we look at these late filing
situations on a case-by-case basis).
3. A director who is also the CEO of a company where a serious and material restatement
has occurred after the CEO had previously certified the pre-restatement financial
statements.
4. A director who has received two against recommendations from Glass Lewis for
identical reasons within the prior year at different companies (the same situation must
also apply at the company being analyzed).
5. All directors who served on the board if, for the last three years, the companys
performance has been in the bottom quartile of the sector and the directors have not
taken reasonable steps to address the poor performance.
|
|
|
8
|
|
However, where a director has served for less
than one full year, we will typically not recommend voting against for failure
to attend 75% of meetings. Rather, we will note the poor attendance with a
recommendation to track this issue going forward. We will also refrain from
recommending to vote against directors when the proxy discloses that the
director missed the meetings due to serious illness or other extenuating
circumstances.
|
7
Audit Committees and Performance
Audit committees play an integral role in overseeing the financial reporting process because
"[v]ibrant and stable capital markets depend on, among other things, reliable, transparent, and
objective financial information to support an efficient and effective capital market process. The
vital oversight role audit committees play in the process of producing financial information has
never been more important.
9
When assessing an audit committees performance, we are aware that an audit committee does not
prepare financial statements, is not responsible for making the key judgments and assumptions that
affect the financial statements, and does not audit the numbers or the disclosures provided to
investors. Rather, an audit committee member monitors and oversees the process and procedures that
management and auditors perform. The 1999 Report and Recommendations of the Blue Ribbon Committee
on Improving the Effectiveness of Corporate Audit Committees stated it best:
A proper and well-functioning system exists, therefore, when the three main
groups responsible for financial reporting the full board including the audit
committee, financial management including the internal auditors, and the outside
auditors form a three legged stool that supports responsible financial
disclosure and active participatory oversight. However, in the view of the
Committee, the audit committee must be first among equals in this process,
since the audit committee is an extension of the full board and hence the
ultimate monitor of the process.
Standards for Assessing the Audit Committee
For an audit committee to function effectively on investors behalf, it must include members
with sufficient knowledge to diligently carry out their responsibilities. In its audit and
accounting recommendations, the Conference Board Commission on Public Trust and Private Enterprise
said members of the audit committee must be independent and have both knowledge and experience in
auditing financial matters.
10
We are skeptical of audit committees where there are members that lack expertise as a Certified
Public Accountant (CPA), Chief Financial Officer (CFO) or corporate controller or similar
experience. While we will not necessarily vote against members of an audit committee when such
expertise is lacking, we are more likely to vote against committee members when a problem such as a
restatement occurs and such expertise is lacking.
Glass Lewis generally assesses audit committees against the decisions they make with respect to
their oversight and monitoring role. The quality and integrity of the financial statements and
earnings reports, the completeness of disclosures necessary for investors to make informed
decisions, and the effectiveness of the internal controls should provide reasonable assurance that
the financial statements are materially free from errors. The independence of the external auditors
and the results of their work all provide useful information by which to assess the audit
committee.
|
|
|
9
|
|
Audit Committee Effectiveness What Works
Best. PricewaterhouseCoopers. The Institute of Internal Auditors Research
Foundation. 2005.
|
|
10
|
|
Commission on Public Trust and Private
Enterprise. The Conference Board. 2003.
|
8
When assessing the decisions and actions of the audit committee, we typically defer to its
judgment and would vote in favor of its members, but we would recommend voting against the
following members under the following circumstances:
11
1. All members of the audit committee when options were backdated, there is a lack of adequate
controls in place, there was a resulting restatement, and disclosures indicate there was a lack
of documentation with respect to the option grants.
2. The audit committee chair, if the audit committee does not have a financial expert or the
committees financial expert does not have a demonstrable financial background sufficient to
understand the financial issues unique to public companies.
3. The audit committee chair, if the audit committee did not meet at least 4 times during the
year.
4. The audit committee chair, if the committee has less than three members.
5. Any audit committee member who sits on more than three public company audit committees,
unless the audit committee member is a retired CPA, CFO, controller or has similar experience,
in which case the limit shall be four committees, taking time and availability into
consideration including a review of the audit committee members attendance at all board and
committee meetings.
6. All members of an audit committee who are up for election and who served on the committee at
the time of the audit, if audit and audit-related fees total one-third or less of the total
fees billed by the auditor.
7. The audit committee chair when tax and/or other fees are greater than audit and
audit-related fees paid to the auditor for more than one year in a row (in which case we also
recommend against ratification of the auditor).
8. All members of an audit committee where non-audit fees include fees for tax services
(including, but not limited to, such things as tax avoidance or shelter schemes) for senior
executives of the company. Such services are now prohibited by the PCAOB.
9. All members of an audit committee that reappointed an auditor that we no longer consider to
be independent for reasons unrelated to fee proportions.
10. All members of an audit committee when audit fees are excessively low, especially when
compared with other companies in the same industry.
11. The audit committee chair
12
if the committee failed to put auditor ratification
on the ballot for shareholder approval. However, if the non-audit fees or tax fees exceed audit
plus audit-related fees in either the current or the prior year, then Glass Lewis will
recommend voting against the entire audit committee.
|
|
|
11
|
|
Where the recommendation is to vote against
the committee chair but the chair is not up for election because the board is
staggered, we do not recommend voting against the members of the committee who
are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern with regard to
the committee chair.
|
|
12
|
|
In all cases, if the chair of the committee
is not specified, we recommend voting against the director who has been on the
committee the longest.
|
9
12. All members of an audit committee where the auditor has resigned and reported that a
section 10A
13
letter has been issued.
13. All members of an audit committee at a time when material accounting fraud occurred at the
company.
14. All members of an audit committee at a time when annual and/or multiple quarterly financial
statements had to be restated, and any of the following factors apply:
The restatement involves fraud or manipulation by insiders;
The restatement is accompanied by an SEC inquiry or investigation;
The restatement involves revenue recognition;
The restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to costs of goods sold,
operating expense, or operating cash flows; or
The restatement results in a greater than 5% adjustment to net income, 10% adjustment to
assets or shareholders equity, or cash flows from financing or investing activities.
15. All members of an audit committee if the company repeatedly fails to file its financial
reports in a timely fashion. For example, the company has filed two or more quarterly or annual
financial statements late within the last 5 quarters.
16. All members of an audit committee when it has been disclosed that a law enforcement agency
has charged the company and/or its employees with a violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act (FCPA).
17. All members of an audit committee when the company has aggressive accounting policies
and/or poor disclosure or lack of sufficient transparency in its financial statements.
18. All members of the audit committee when there is a disagreement with the auditor and the
auditor resigns or is dismissed.
19. All members of the audit committee if the contract with the auditor specifically limits the
auditors liability to the company for damages.
14
20. All members of the audit committee who served since the date of the companys last annual
meeting, and when, since the last annual meeting, the company has reported a material weakness
that has not yet been corrected, or, when the company has an ongoing material weakness from a
prior year that has not yet been corrected.
We also take a dim view of audit committee reports that are boilerplate, and which provide little
or no information or transparency to investors. When a problem such as a material weakness,
restatement or late filings occurs, we take into consideration, in forming our judgment with
respect to the audit committee, the transparency of the audit committee report.
Compensation Committee Performance
|
|
|
13
|
|
Auditors are required to report all potential
illegal acts to management and the audit committee unless they are clearly
inconsequential in nature. If the audit committee or the board fails to take
appropriate action on an act that has been determined to be a violation of the
law, the independent auditor is required to send a section 10A letter to the
SEC. Such letters are rare and therefore we believe should be taken seriously.
|
|
14
|
|
The Council of Institutional Investors.
Corporate Governance Policies, p. 4, April 5, 2006; and Letter from Council
of Institutional Investors to the AICPA, November 8, 2006.
|
10
Compensation committees have the final say in determining the compensation of executives. This
includes deciding the basis on which compensation is determined, as well as the amounts and types
of compensation to be paid. This process begins with the hiring and initial establishment of
employment agreements, including the terms for such items as pay, pensions and severance
arrangements. It is important in establishing compensation arrangements that compensation be
consistent with, and based on the long-term economic performance of, the businesss long-term
shareholders returns.
Compensation committees are also responsible for the oversight of the transparency of compensation.
This oversight includes disclosure of compensation arrangements, the matrix used in assessing pay
for performance, and the use of compensation consultants. In order to ensure the independence of
the compensation consultant, we believe the compensation committee should only engage a
compensation consultant that is not also providing any services to the company or management apart
from their contract with the compensation committee. It is important to investors that they have
clear and complete disclosure of all the significant terms of compensation arrangements in order to
make informed decisions with respect to the oversight and decisions of the compensation committee.
Finally, compensation committees are responsible for oversight of internal controls over the
executive compensation process. This includes controls over gathering information used to determine
compensation, establishment of equity award plans, and granting of equity awards. Lax controls can
and have contributed to conflicting information being obtained, for example through the use of
nonobjective consultants. Lax controls can also contribute to improper awards of compensation such
as through granting of backdated or spring-loaded options, or granting of bonuses when triggers for
bonus payments have not been met.
Central to understanding the actions of a compensation committee is a careful review of the
Compensation Discussion and Analysis (CD&A) report included in each companys proxy. We review the
CD&A in our evaluation of the overall compensation practices of a company, as overseen by the
compensation committee. The CD&A is also integral to the evaluation of compensation proposals at
companies, such as management-submitted advisory compensation vote proposals, which allow
shareholders to vote on the compensation paid to a companys top executives.
In our evaluation of the CD&A, we examine, among other factors, the following:
1. The extent to which the company uses appropriate performance goals and metrics in
determining overall compensation as an indication that pay is tied to performance.
2. How clearly the company discloses performance metrics and goals so that shareholders may
make an independent determination that goals were met.
3. The extent to which the performance metrics, targets and goals are implemented to enhance
company performance and encourage prudent risk-taking.
4. The selected peer group(s) so that shareholders can make a comparison of pay and performance
across the appropriate peer group.
5. The extent to which the company benchmarks compensation levels at a specific percentile of
its peer group along with the rationale for selecting such a benchmark.
6. The amount of discretion granted management or the compensation committee to deviate from
defined performance metrics and goals in making awards, as well as the appropriateness of the
use of such discretion.
11
We provide an overall evaluation of the quality and content of a companys executive compensation
policies and procedures as disclosed in a CD&A as either good, fair or poor.
We evaluate compensation committee members on the basis of their performance while serving on the
compensation committee in question, not for actions taken solely by prior committee members who
are not currently serving on the committee. At companies that provide shareholders with
non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation (Say-on-Pay), we will use the Say-on-Pay
proposal as the initial, primary means to express dissatisfaction with the companys compensation
polices and practices rather than recommending voting against members of the compensation
committee (except in the most egregious cases).
When assessing the performance of compensation committees, we will recommend voting against for the
following:
15
1. All members of the compensation committee who are up for election and served at the time of
poor pay-for-performance (e.g., a company receives an F grade in our pay-for-performance
analysis) when shareholders are not provided with an advisory vote on executive
compensation.
16
2. Any member of the compensation committee who has served on the compensation committee of at
least two other public companies that received F grades in our pay-for-performance model and
who is also suspect at the company in question.
3. The compensation committee chair if the company received two D grades in consecutive years
in our pay-for-performance analysis, and if during the past year the Company performed the same
as or worse than its peers.
17
4. All members of the compensation committee (during the relevant time period) if the company
entered into excessive employment agreements and/or severance agreements.
5. All members of the compensation committee when performance goals were changed (i.e.,
lowered) when employees failed or were unlikely to meet original goals, or performance-based
compensation was paid despite goals not being attained.
6. All members of the compensation committee if excessive employee perquisites and benefits
were allowed.
|
|
|
15
|
|
Where the recommendation is to vote against
the committee chair and the chair is not up for election because the board is
staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who
are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern with regard to
the committee chair.
|
|
16
|
|
Where there are multiple CEOs in one year, we
will consider not recommending against the compensation committee but will
defer judgment on compensation policies and practices until the next year or a
full year after arrival of the new CEO. In addition, if a company provides
shareholders with a Say-on-Pay proposal and receives an F grade in our
pay-for-performance model, we will recommend that shareholders only vote
against the Say-on-Pay proposal rather than the members of the compensation
committee, unless the company exhibits egregious practices. However, if the
company receives successive F grades, we will then recommend against the
members of the compensation committee in addition to recommending voting
against the Say-on-Pay proposal.
|
|
17
|
|
In cases where the company received two D
grades in consecutive years, but during the past year the company performed
better than its peers or improved from a D to an F grade year over year, we
refrain from recommending to vote against the compensation chair. In addition,
if a company provides shareholders with a Say-on-Pay proposal in this instance,
we will consider voting against the advisory vote rather than the compensation
committee chair unless the company exhibits unquestionably egregious practices.
|
12
7. The compensation committee chair if the compensation committee did not meet during the year,
but should have (e.g., because executive compensation was restructured or a new executive was
hired).
8. All members of the compensation committee when the company repriced options within the past
two years and we would not have supported the repricing (e.g., officers and directors were
allowed to participate).
9. All members of the compensation committee when vesting of in-the-money options is
accelerated or when fully vested options are granted.
10. All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were backdated. Glass
Lewis will recommend voting against an executive director who played a role in and participated
in option backdating.
11. All members of the compensation committee when option exercise prices were spring-loaded or
otherwise timed around the release of material information.
12. All members of the compensation committee when a new employment contract is given to an
executive that does not include a clawback provision and the company had a material
restatement, especially if the restatement was due to fraud.
13. The chair of the compensation committee where the CD&A provides insufficient or unclear
information about performance metrics and goals, where the CD&A indicates that pay is not tied
to performance, or where the compensation committee or management has excessive discretion to
alter performance terms or increase amounts of awards in contravention of previously defined
targets.
14. All members of the compensation committee during whose tenure the committee failed to
implement a shareholder proposal regarding a compensation-related issue, where the proposal
received the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting shares at a shareholder meeting, and
when a reasonable analysis suggests that the compensation committee (rather than the governance
committee) should have taken steps to implement the request.
18
Nominating and Governance Committee Performance
The nominating and governance committee, as an agency for the shareholders, is responsible for the
governance by the board of the company and its executives. In performing this role, the board is
responsible and accountable for selection of objective and competent board members. It is also
responsible for providing leadership on governance policies adopted by the company, such as
decisions to implement shareholder proposals that have received a majority vote.
Regarding the nominating and or governance committee, we will recommend voting against the
following:
19
1. All members of the governance committee
20
during whose tenure the board failed to
implement a shareholder proposal with a direct and substantial impact on shareholders and
|
|
|
18
|
|
In all other instances (i.e. a
non-compensation-related shareholder proposal should have been implemented) we
recommend that shareholders vote against the members of the governance
committee.
|
|
19
|
|
Where we would recommend to vote against the
committee chair but the chair is not up for election because the board is
staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who
are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern regarding the
committee chair.
|
|
20
|
|
If the board does not have a governance
committee (or a committee that serves such a purpose), we recommend voting
against the entire board on this basis.
|
13
their rights i.e., where the proposal received enough shareholder votes (at least a majority)
to allow the board to implement or begin to implement that proposal.
21
Examples of
these types of shareholder proposals are majority vote to elect directors and to declassify the
board.
2. The governance committee chair,
22
when the chairman is not independent and an
independent lead or presiding director has not been appointed.
23
We note that each
of the Business Roundtable, The Conference Board, and the Council of Institutional Investors
advocates that two-thirds of the board be independent.
3. In the absence of a nominating committee, the governance committee chair when there are less
than five or the whole nominating committee when there are more than 20 members on the board.
4. The governance committee chair, when the committee fails to meet at all during the year.
5. The governance committee chair, when for two consecutive years the company provides what we
consider to be inadequate related party transaction disclosure (i.e. the nature of such
transactions and/or the monetary amounts involved are unclear or excessively vague, thereby
preventing an average shareholder from being able to reasonably interpret the independence
status of multiple directors above and beyond what the company maintains is compliant with SEC
or applicable stock-exchange listing requirements).
Regarding the nominating committee, we will recommend voting against the following:
24
1. All members of the nominating committee, when the committee nominated or renominated an
individual who had a significant conflict of interest or whose past actions demonstrated a lack
of integrity or inability to represent shareholder interests.
2. The nominating committee chair, if the nominating committee did not meet during the year,
but should have (i.e., because new directors were nominated or appointed since the time of the
last annual meeting).
3. In the absence of a governance committee, the nominating committee chair
25
when
the chairman is not independent, and an independent lead or presiding director has not been
appointed.
26
|
|
|
21
|
|
Where a compensation-related shareholder
proposal should have been implemented, and when a reasonable analysis suggests
that the members of the compensation committee (rather than the governance
committee) bear the responsibility for failing to implement the request, we
recommend that shareholders only vote against members of the compensation
committee.
|
|
22
|
|
If the committee chair is not specified, we
recommend voting against the director who has been on the committee the
longest. If the longest-serving committee member cannot be determined, we will
recommend voting against the longest-serving board member serving on the
committee.
|
|
23
|
|
We believe that one independent individual
should be appointed to serve as the lead or presiding director. When such a
position is rotated among directors from meeting to meeting, we will recommend
voting against as if there were no lead or presiding director.
|
|
24
|
|
Where we would recommend is to vote against
the committee chair but the chair is not up for election because the board is
staggered, we do not recommend voting against any members of the committee who
are up for election; rather, we will simply express our concern regarding the
committee chair.
|
|
25
|
|
If the committee chair is not specified, we
will recommend voting against the director who has been on the committee the
longest. If the longest-serving committee member cannot be determined, we will
recommend voting against the longest-serving board member on the committee.
|
|
26
|
|
In the absence of both a governance and a
nominating committee, we will recommend voting against the chairman of the
board on this basis.
|
14
4. The nominating committee chair, when there are less than five or the whole nominating
committee when there are more than 20 members on the board.
27
5. The nominating committee chair, when a director received a greater than 50% against
vote the prior year and not only was the director not removed, but the issues that
raised shareholder concern were not corrected.
28
Board-level Risk Management Oversight
Glass Lewis evaluates the risk management function of a public company board on a strictly
case-by-case basis. Sound risk management, while necessary at all companies, is particularly
important at financial firms which inherently maintain significant exposure to financial
risk. We believe such financial firms should have a chief risk officer reporting directly to
the board and a dedicated risk committee or a committee of the board charged with risk
oversight. Moreover, many non-financial firms maintain strategies which involve a high level
of exposure to financial risk. Similarly, since many non-financial firm have significant
hedging or trading strategies, including financial and non-financial derivatives, those firms
should also have a chief risk officer and a risk committee.
When analyzing the risk management practices of public companies, we take note of any
significant losses or writedowns on financial assets and/or structured transactions. In cases
where a company has disclosed a sizable loss or writedown, and where we find that the
companys board-level risk committee contributed to the loss through poor oversight, we would
recommend that shareholders vote against such committee members on that basis. In addition,
in cases where a company maintains a significant level of financial risk exposure but fails
to disclose any explicit form of board-level risk oversight (committee or
otherwise)
29
, we will consider recommending to vote against the chairman of the
board on that basis. However, we generally would not recommend voting against a combined
chairman/CEO except in egregious cases.
Experience
We find that a directors past conduct is often indicative of future conduct and performance. We
often find directors with a history of overpaying executives or of serving on boards where
avoidable disasters have occurred appearing at companies that follow these same patterns. Glass
Lewis has a proprietary database of every officer and director serving at 8,000 of the most widely
held U.S. companies. We use this database to track the performance of directors across companies.
Voting Recommendations on the Basis of Director Experience
We typically recommend that shareholders vote against directors who have served on boards or
as executives of companies with records of poor performance, inadequate risk oversight,
|
|
|
27
|
|
In the absence of both a governance and a
nominating committee, we will recommend voting against the chairman of the
board on this basis.
|
|
28
|
|
Considering that shareholder discontent
clearly relates to the director who received a greater than 50% against vote
rather than the nominating chair, we review the validity of the issue(s) that
initially raised shareholder concern, follow-up on such matters, and only
recommend voting against the nominating chair if a reasonable analysis suggests
that it would be most appropriate. In rare cases, we will consider recommending
against the nominating chair when a director receives a substantial (i.e., 25%
or more) vote against based on the same analysis.
|
|
29
|
|
A committee responsible for risk management
could be a dedicated risk committee, or another board committee, usually the
audit committee but occasionally the finance committee, depending on a given
companys board structure and method of disclosure. At some companies, the
entire board is charged with risk management.
|
15
overcompensation, audit- or accounting-related issues, and/or other indicators of
mismanagement or actions against the interests of shareholders.
30
Likewise, we examine the backgrounds of those who serve on key board committees to ensure
that they have the required skills and diverse backgrounds to make informed judgments about
the subject matter for which the committee is responsible.
Other Considerations
In addition to the three key characteristics independence, performance, experience that we use
to evaluate board members, we consider conflict-of-interest issues in making voting
recommendations.
Conflicts of Interest
We believe board members should be wholly free of identifiable and substantial conflicts of
interest, regardless of the overall level of independent directors on the board. Accordingly,
we recommend that shareholders vote against the following types of affiliated or inside
directors:
1. A CFO who is on the board: In our view, the CFO holds a unique position relative to
financial reporting and disclosure to shareholders. Because of the critical importance
of financial disclosure and reporting, we believe the CFO should report to the board and
not be a member of it.
2. A director who is on an excessive number of boards: We will typically recommend
voting against a director who serves as an executive officer of any public company while
serving on more than two other public company boards and any other director who serves
on more than six public company boards typically receives an against recommendation from
Glass Lewis. Academic literature suggests that one board takes up approximately 200
hours per year of each members time. We believe this limits the number of boards on
which directors can effectively serve, especially executives at other
companies.
31
Further, we note a recent study has shown that the average
number of outside board seats held by CEOs of S&P 500 companies is 0.7, down from 0.9 in
2004 and 1.6 in 1999.
32
3. A director, or a director who has an immediate family member, providing consulting or
other material professional services to the company: These services may include legal,
consulting, or financial services. We question the need for the company to have
consulting relationships with its directors. We view such relationships as creating
conflicts for directors, since they may be forced to weigh their own interests against
shareholder interests when making board decisions. In addition, a companys decisions
regarding where to turn for the best professional services may be compromised when doing
business with the professional services firm of one of the companys directors.
4. A director, or a director who has an immediate family member, engaging in airplane,
real estate, or similar deals, including perquisite-type grants from the company,
amounting
|
|
|
30
|
|
We typically apply a three-year look-back to
such issues and also research to see whether the responsible directors have
been up for election since the time of the failure, and if so, we take into
account the percentage of support they received from shareholders.
|
|
31
|
|
Our guidelines are similar to the standards
set forth by the NACD in its Report of the NACD Blue Ribbon Commission on
Director Professionalism, 2001 Edition, pp. 14-15 (also cited approvingly by
the Conference Board in its Corporate Governance Best Practices: A Blueprint
for the Post-Enron Era, 2002, p. 17), which suggested that CEOs should not
serve on more than 2 additional boards, persons with full-time work should not
serve on more than 4 additional boards, and others should not serve on more
than six boards.
|
|
32
|
|
Spencer Stuart Board Index, 2009, p. 19
|
16
to more than $50,000: Directors who receive these sorts of payments from the company will
have to make unnecessarily complicated decisions that may pit their interests against
shareholder interests.
5. Interlocking directorships: CEOs or other top executives who serve on each others
boards create an interlock that poses conflicts that should be avoided to ensure the
promotion of shareholder interests above all else.
33
6. All board members who served at a time when a poison pill was adopted without
shareholder approval within the prior twelve months.
Size of the Board of Directors
While we do not believe there is a universally applicable optimum board size, we do believe
boards should have at least five directors to ensure sufficient diversity in decision-making
and to enable the formation of key board committees with independent directors. Conversely,
we believe that boards with more than 20 members will typically suffer under the weight of
too many cooks in the kitchen and have difficulty reaching consensus and making timely
decisions. Sometimes the presence of too many voices can make it difficult to draw on the
wisdom and experience in the room by virtue of the need to limit the discussion so that each
voice may be heard.
To that end, we typically recommend voting against the chairman of the nominating committee
at a board with fewer than five directors. With boards consisting of more than 20 directors,
we typically recommend voting against all members of the nominating committee (or the
governance committee, in the absence of a nominating committee).
34
Controlled Companies
Controlled companies present an exception to our independence recommendations. The boards
function is to protect shareholder interests; however, when an individual or entity owns more than
50% of the voting shares, the interests of the majority of shareholders are the interests of
that entity) or individual. Consequently, Glass Lewis does not apply our usual two-thirds
independence rule and therefore we will not recommend voting against boards whose composition
reflects the makeup of the shareholder population.
Independence Exceptions
The independence exceptions that we make for controlled companies are as follows:
1. We do not require that controlled companies have boards that are at least two-thirds
independent. So long as the insiders and/or affiliates are connected with the controlling
entity, we accept the presence of non-independent board members.
2. The compensation committee and nominating and governance committees do not need to
consist solely of independent directors.
|
|
|
33
|
|
There is no look-back period for this
situation. This only applies to public companies and we only footnote it for
the non-insider.
|
|
34
|
|
The Conference Board, at p. 23 in its report
Corporate Governance Best Practices, Id., quotes one of its roundtable
participants as stating, [w]hen youve got a 20 or 30 person corporate board,
its one way of assuring that nothing is ever going to happen that the CEO
doesnt want to happen.
|
17
a. We believe that standing nominating and corporate governance committees at
controlled companies are unnecessary. Although having a committee charged with the
duties of searching for, selecting, and nominating independent directors can be
beneficial, the unique composition of a controlled companys shareholder base makes
such committees weak and irrelevant.
b. Likewise, we believe that independent compensation committees at controlled
companies are unnecessary. Although independent directors are the best choice for
approving and monitoring senior executives pay, controlled companies serve a unique
shareholder population whose voting power ensures the protection of its interests.
As such, we believe that having affiliated directors on a controlled companys
compensation committee is acceptable. However, given that a controlled company has
certain obligations to minority shareholders we feel that an insider should not
serve on the compensation committee. Therefore, Glass Lewis will recommend voting
against any insider (the CEO or otherwise) serving on the compensation committee.
3. Controlled companies do not need an independent chairman or an independent lead or
presiding director. Although an independent director in a position of authority on the
board such as chairman or presiding director can best carry out the boards duties,
controlled companies serve a unique shareholder population whose voting power ensures
the protection of its interests.
4. Where an individual or entity owns more than 50% of a companys voting power but the
company is not a controlled company as defined by relevant listing standards, we apply
a lower independence requirement of a majority of the board but keep all other standards
in place. Similarly, where an individual or entity holds between 20-50% of a companys
voting power, but the company is not controlled and there is not a majority owner,
we will allow for proportional representation on the board based on the individual or
entitys percentage of ownership.
Size of the Board of Directors
We have no board size requirements for controlled companies.
Audit Committee Independence
We believe that audit committees should consist solely of independent directors. Regardless
of a companys controlled status, the interests of all shareholders must be protected by
ensuring the integrity and accuracy of the companys financial statements. Allowing
affiliated directors to oversee the preparation of financial reports could create an
insurmountable conflict of interest.
Mutual Fund Boards
Mutual funds, or investment companies, are structured differently from regular public companies
(i.e., operating companies). Typically, members of a funds adviser are on the board and management
takes on a different role from that of regular public companies. Thus, we focus on a short list of
requirements, although many of our guidelines remain the same.
The following mutual fund policies are similar to the policies for regular public companies:
1. Size of the board of directors: The board should be made up of between five and twenty
directors.
18
2. The CFO on the board: Neither the CFO of the fund nor the CFO of the funds registered
investment adviser should serve on the board.
3. Independence of the audit committee: The audit committee should consist solely of
independent directors.
4. Audit committee financial expert: At least one member of the audit committee should be
designated as the audit committee financial expert.
The following differences from regular public companies apply at mutual funds:
1. Independence of the board: We believe that three-fourths of an investment companys board
should be made up of independent directors. This is consistent with a proposed SEC rule on
investment company boards. The Investment Company Act requires 40% of the board to be
independent, but in 2001, the SEC amended the Exemptive Rules to require that a majority of a
mutual fund board be independent. In 2005, the SEC proposed increasing the independence
threshold to 75%. In 2006, a federal appeals court ordered that this rule amendment be put
back out for public comment, putting it back into proposed rule status. Since mutual fund
boards play a vital role in overseeing the relationship between the fund and its investment
manager, there is greater need for independent oversight than there is for an operating
company board.
2. When the auditor is not up for ratification: We do not recommend voting against the audit
committee if the auditor is not up for ratification because, due to the different legal
structure of an investment company compared to an operating company, the auditor for the
investment company (i.e., mutual fund) does not conduct the same level of financial review
for each investment company as for an operating company.
3. Non-independent chairman: The SEC has proposed that the chairman of the fund board be
independent. We agree that the roles of a mutual funds chairman and CEO should be separate.
Although we believe this would be best at all companies, we recommend voting against the
chairman of an investment companys nominating committee as well as the chairman of the board
if the chairman and CEO of a mutual fund are the same person and the fund does not have an
independent lead or presiding director. Seven former SEC commissioners support the
appointment of an independent chairman and we agree with them that an independent board
chairman would be better able to create conditions favoring the long-term interests of fund
shareholders than would a chairman who is an executive of the adviser. (See the comment
letter sent to the SEC in support of the proposed rule at
http://sec.gov/rules/proposed/s70304/s70304-179.pdf)
DECLASSIFIED BOARDS
Glass Lewis favors the repeal of staggered boards and the annual election of directors. We believe
staggered boards are less accountable to shareholders than boards that are elected annually.
Furthermore, we feel the annual election of directors encourages board members to focus on
shareholder interests.
Empirical studies have shown: (i) companies with staggered boards reduce a firms value; and (ii)
in the context of hostile takeovers, staggered boards operate as a takeover defense, which
entrenches management, discourages potential acquirers, and delivers a lower return to target
shareholders.
In our view, there is no evidence to demonstrate that staggered boards improve shareholder returns
in a takeover context. Research shows that shareholders are worse off when a staggered board blocks
a transaction. A study by a group of Harvard Law professors concluded that companies whose
staggered boards prevented a takeover reduced shareholder returns for targets ... on the order of
eight to ten
19
percent in the nine months after a hostile bid was announced.
35
When a staggered board
negotiates a friendly transaction, no statistically significant difference in premiums
occurs.
36
During a March 2004 Glass Lewis Proxy Talk on staggered boards, the proponents of staggered boards
could not identify research showing that staggered boards increase shareholder value. The opponents
of such a structure marshaled significant support for the proposition that, holding everything else
constant, classified boards reduce shareholder value. Lucian Bebchuk, a Harvard Law professor who
studies corporate governance issues, concluded that charter-based staggered boards reduce the
market value of a firm by 4% to 6% of its market capitalization and that staggered boards bring
about and not merely reflect this reduction in market value.
37
Shareholders have increasingly come to agree with this view. In 2008 only 40% of U.S. companies had
a classified board structure, down from approximately 60% of companies in 2004. Clearly, more
shareholders have supported the repeal of classified boards. Resolutions relating to the repeal of
staggered boards garnered on average over 70% support among shareholders in 2008, whereas in 1987,
only 16.4% of votes cast favored board declassification.
Given the empirical evidence suggesting staggered boards reduce a companys value and the
increasing shareholder opposition to such a structure, Glass Lewis supports the declassification of
boards and the annual election of directors.
MANDATORY DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PROVISIONS
Director Term and Age Limits
Glass Lewis believes that director age and term limits typically are not in shareholders best
interests. Too often age and term limits are used by boards as a crutch to remove board members
who have served for an extended period of time. When used in that fashion, they are indicative of
a board that has a difficult time making tough decisions.
Academic literature suggests that there is no evidence of a correlation between either length of
tenure or age and director performance. On occasion, term limits can be used as a means to remove a
director for boards that are unwilling to police their membership and to enforce turnover. Some
shareholders support term limits as a way to force change when boards are unwilling to do so.
While we understand age limits can be a way to force change where boards are unwilling to make
changes on their own, the long-term impact of age limits restricts experienced and potentially
valuable board members from service through an arbitrary means. Further, age limits unfairly imply
that older (or, in rare cases, younger) directors cannot contribute to company oversight. A
directors experience can be valuable to shareholders because directors navigate complex and
critical issues when serving on a board.
In our view, a directors experience can be a valuable asset to shareholders because of the
complex, critical issues that boards face. However, we support periodic director rotation to ensure
a fresh perspective in the boardroom and the generation of new ideas and business strategies. We
believe the board should implement such rotation instead of relying on arbitrary limits. When
necessary, shareholders can address the issue of director rotation through director elections.
|
|
|
35
|
|
Lucian Bebchuk, John Coates, Guhan
Subramanian, The Powerful Antitakeover Force of Staggered Boards: Further
Findings and a Reply to Symposium Participants, December 2002, page 1.
|
|
36
|
|
Id. at 2 (Examining a sample of
seventy-three negotiated transactions from 2000 to 2002, we find no systematic
benefits in terms of higher premia to boards that have [staggered
structures].).
|
|
37
|
|
Lucian Bebchuk, Alma Cohen, The Costs of
Entrenched Boards (2004).
|
20
We believe that shareholders are better off monitoring the boards approach to corporate governance
and the boards stewardship of company performance rather than imposing inflexible rules that dont
necessarily correlate with returns or benefits for shareholders.
However, if a board adopts term/age limits, it should follow through and not waive such limits. If
the board waives its term/age limits, Glass Lewis will consider recommending shareholders vote
against the nominating and/or governance committees, unless the rule was waived with sufficient
explanation, such as consummation of a corporate transaction like a merger.
REQUIRING TWO OR MORE NOMINEES PER BOARD SEAT
In an attempt to address lack of access to the ballot, shareholders sometimes propose that the
board give shareholders a choice of directors for each open board seat in every election. However,
we feel that policies requiring a selection of multiple nominees for each board seat would
discourage prospective directors from accepting nominations. A prospective director could not be
confident either that he or she is the boards clear choice or that he or she would be elected.
Therefore, Glass Lewis generally will vote against such proposals.
SHAREHOLDER ACCESS
The SEC proposal: Shareholders have continuously sought a way to have a voice in director elections
in recent years. Most of these efforts have centered on regulatory change at the SEC over the past
several years. In July of 2007, the SEC responded by issuing two proposed rules, one to allow
certain shareholders to submit director nominations for inclusion on managements proxy and the
second to disallow shareholder access proposals from being submitted by shareholders. The former
rule did not pass but the latter rule was subsequently approved by the SEC in November of 2007,
allowing companies to exclude shareholder access proposals from their proxy statements, in effect
reverting to the SEC position prior to AFSCMEs challenge, ultimately upheld by the Second Circuit
Court of Appeals, of the SECs decision to allow AIG to exclude the groups access proposal.
During this window of opportunity prior to the SECs final rulemaking in November, three companies
faced access proposals in 2007. The proposals received considerable votes in favor, garnering
nearly 40% support at Hewlett Packard, 42% support at UnitedHealth and passing with 51% of the
votes at Cryo-Cell International.
More recently, in June 2009 the SEC released proposed Rule 14a-11, which, if adopted would require
most companies to include shareholder nominees for directors in company proxy materials under
certain circumstancesnamely if the shareholder(s) seeking to nominate directors beneficially owned
shares in the company for at least one year, as well as met an ownership threshold based on a
sliding scale depending on the companys size. Since the release of proposed Rule 14a-11, the SEC
has reviewed over 500 public comment letters regarding the rule and has therefore deferred voting
on the proposed rule until early 2010. As a result, it is unlikely shareholders will have the
opportunity to vote on access proposals in 2010.
MAJORITY VOTE FOR THE ELECTION OF DIRECTORS
In stark contrast to the failure of shareholder access to gain acceptance, majority voting for the
election of directors is fast becoming the
de facto
standard in corporate board elections. In our
view, the majority voting proposals are an effort to make the case for shareholder impact on
director elections on a company-specific basis.
21
While this proposal would not give shareholders the opportunity to nominate directors or lead to
elections where shareholders have a choice among director candidates, if implemented, the proposal
would allow shareholders to have a voice in determining whether the nominees proposed by the board
should actually serve as the overseer-representatives of shareholders in the boardroom. We believe
this would be a favorable outcome for shareholders.
During 2009 Glass Lewis tracked 46 proposals to require a majority vote to elect directors at
annual meetings in the U.S., up from 24 such proposals in 2008, but down from 54 proposals during
2007 and 147 proposals during 2006. The general decline in the number of proposals being submitted
was a result of many companies adopting some form of majority voting, including well over 2/3 of
companies in the S&P 500 index. During 2009 these proposals received on average 59% shareholder
support (based on for and against votes), up from 54% in 2008.
The plurality vote standard
Today, most US companies still elect directors by a plurality vote standard. Under that standard,
if one shareholder holding only one share votes in favor of a nominee (including himself, if the
director is a shareholder), that nominee wins the election and assumes a seat on the board. The
common concern among companies with a plurality voting standard was the possibility that one or
more directors would not receive a majority of votes, resulting in failed elections. This was of
particular concern during the 1980s, an era of frequent takeovers and contests for control of
companies.
Advantages of a majority vote standard
If a majority vote standard were implemented, a nominee would have to receive the support of a
majority of the shares voted in order to be elected. Thus, shareholders could collectively vote to
reject a director they believe will not pursue their best interests. We think that this minimal
amount of protection for shareholders is reasonable and will not upset the corporate structure nor
reduce the willingness of qualified shareholder-focused directors to serve in the future.
We believe that a majority vote standard will likely lead to more attentive directors. Occasional
use of this power will likely prevent the election of directors with a record of ignoring
shareholder interests in favor of other interests that conflict with those of investors. Glass
Lewis will generally support proposals calling for the election of directors by a majority vote
except for use in contested director elections.
In response to the high level of support majority voting has garnered, many companies have
voluntarily taken steps to implement majority voting or modified approaches to majority voting.
These steps range from a modified approach requiring directors that receive a majority of withheld
votes to resign (e.g., Ashland Inc.) to actually requiring a majority vote of outstanding shares to
elect directors (e.g., Intel).
We feel that the modified approach does not go far enough because requiring a director to resign is
not the same as requiring a majority vote to elect a director and does not allow shareholders a
definitive voice in the election process. Further, under the modified approach, the corporate
governance committee could reject a resignation and, even if it accepts the resignation, the
corporate governance committee decides on the directors replacement. And since the modified
approach is usually adopted as a policy by the board or a board committee, it could be altered by
the same board or committee at any time.
22
II.
Transparency and
Integrity of Financial Reporting
AUDITOR RATIFICATION
The auditors role as gatekeeper is crucial in ensuring the integrity and transparency of the
financial information necessary for protecting shareholder value. Shareholders rely on the auditor
to ask tough questions and to do a thorough analysis of a companys books to ensure that the
information provided to shareholders is complete, accurate, fair, and that it is a reasonable
representation of a companys financial position. The only way shareholders can make rational
investment decisions is if the market is equipped with accurate information about a companys
fiscal health. As stated in the October 6, 2008 Final Report of the Advisory Committee on the
Auditing Profession to the U.S. Department of the Treasury:
The auditor is expected to offer critical and objective judgment on the financial matters under
consideration, and actual and perceived absence of conflicts is critical to that expectation. The
Committee believes that auditors, investors, public companies, and other market participants must
understand the independence requirements and their objectives, and that auditors must adopt a
mindset of skepticism when facing situations that may compromise their independence.
As such, shareholders should demand an objective, competent and diligent auditor who performs at or
above professional standards at every company in which the investors hold an interest. Like
directors, auditors should be free from conflicts of interest and should avoid situations requiring
a choice between the auditors interests and the publics interests. Almost without exception,
shareholders should be able to annually review an auditors performance and to annually ratify a
boards auditor selection. Moreover, in October 2008, the Advisory Committee on the Auditing
Profession went even further, and recommended that to further enhance audit committee oversight
and auditor accountability... disclosure in the company proxy statement regarding shareholder
ratification [should] include the name(s) of the senior auditing partner(s) staffed on the
engagement.
38
Voting Recommendations on Auditor Ratification
We generally support managements choice of auditor except when we believe the auditors
independence or audit integrity has been compromised. Where a board has not allowed shareholders to
review and ratify an auditor, we typically recommend voting against the audit committee chairman.
When there have been material restatements of annual financial statements or material weakness in
internal controls, we usually recommend voting against the entire audit committee.
Reasons why we may not recommend ratification of an auditor include:
1. When audit fees plus audit-related fees total less than the tax fees and/or other
non-audit fees.
|
|
|
38
|
|
Final Report of the Advisory Committee on
the Auditing Profession to the U.S. Department of the Treasury. p. VIII:20,
October 6, 2008.
|
23
2. Recent material restatements of annual financial statements, including those resulting in
the reporting of material weaknesses in internal controls and including late filings by the
company where the auditor bears some responsibility for the restatement or late
filing.
39
3. When the auditor performs prohibited services such as tax-shelter work, tax services for
the CEO or CFO, or contingent-fee work, such as a fee based on a percentage of economic
benefit to the company.
4. When audit fees are excessively low, especially when compared with other companies in the
same industry.
5. When the company has aggressive accounting policies.
6. When the company has poor disclosure or lack of transparency in its financial statements.
7. Where the auditor limited its liability through its contract with the company or the audit
contract requires the corporation to use alternative dispute resolution procedures.
8. We also look for other relationships or concerns with the auditor that might suggest a
conflict between the auditors interests and shareholder interests.
We typically support audit-related proposals regarding mandatory auditor rotation when the proposal
uses a reasonable period of time (usually not less than 5-7 years).
PENSION ACCOUNTING ISSUES
A pension accounting question often raised in proxy proposals is what effect, if any, projected
returns on employee pension assets should have on a companys net income. This issue often arises
in the executive-compensation context in a discussion of the extent to which pension accounting
should be reflected in business performance for purposes of calculating payments to executives.
Glass Lewis believes that pension credits should not be included in measuring income that is used
to award performance-based compensation. Because many of the assumptions used in accounting for
retirement plans are subject to the companys discretion, management would have an obvious conflict
of interest if pay were tied to pension income. In our view, projected income from pensions does
not truly reflect a companys performance.
|
|
|
39
|
|
An auditor does not audit interim financial
statements. Thus, we generally do not believe that an auditor should be opposed
due to a restatement of interim financial statements unless the nature of the
misstatement is clear from a reading of the incorrect financial statements.
|
24
III. The Link Between
Compensation and Performance
Glass Lewis carefully reviews the compensation awarded to senior executives. We believe that this
is an important area in which the boards priorities are revealed. However, as a general rule,
Glass Lewis does not believe shareholders should be involved in the design, negotiation, management
or approval of compensation packages. Such matters should be left to the compensation committee,
which can be held accountable for its decisions through their election.
However, Glass Lewis strongly believes executive compensation should be linked directly with the
performance of the business the executive is charged with managing. Glass Lewis has a proprietary
pay-for-performance model that evaluates the pay of the top five executives at US companies. Our
model benchmarks these executives pay against their performance using four peer groups for each
company: an industry peer group, a smaller sector peer group, a group of similar size companies and
a geographic peer group. Using a forced curve and a school letter-grade system, we rank companies
according to their pay-for-performance and recommend voting against compensation committees of
companies failing our pay-for-performance analysis.
We use this analysis to inform our voting decisions on each of the compensation issues that arise
on the ballot. Likewise, we use this analysis in our evaluation of the compensation committees
performance.
Full Disclosure of Executive Compensation
Glass Lewis believes that comprehensive, timely and transparent disclosure of executive pay is
critical to allowing shareholders to evaluate the extent to which the pay is keeping pace with
company performance. When reviewing proxy materials, Glass Lewis examines whether the company
discloses the performance metrics used to determine executive compensation. Performance metrics
vary and may include items such as revenue growth, targets, or human resources issues.
However, we are concerned when a proposal goes too far in the level of detail that it requests for
executives other than the most high-ranking leaders of the company. Shareholders are unlikely to
need or be able to use compensation information for employees below the level of the most senior
corporate officers.
Moreover, it is rarely in shareholders interests to disclose competitive data about individual
salaries below the senior executive level. Such disclosure could create internal personnel discord
that would be counterproductive for the company and its shareholders. While we favor full
disclosure for senior executives and we view pay disclosure at the aggregate level (e.g., the
number of employees being paid over a certain amount or in certain categories) as potentially
useful, we do not believe shareholders need or will benefit from detailed reports about individual
management employees other than the most senior executives.
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)
The practice of approving a companys compensation reports is standard practice in many non-US
countries, and has been a requirement for companies in the United Kingdom since 2002 and in
Australia since 2005. More recently, such proposals have been gaining traction in the United
States. Beginning with AFLAC in 2008, over a dozen US companies began to voluntarily provide
shareholders with an advisory vote prior to 2009. However, in February of 2009 the U.S. government
implemented the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act, which required all companies that
participated in the
25
Capital Purchase Program (CPP) under the US Treasurys Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) to
provide shareholders with a separate shareholder vote to approve executive compensation. Glass
Lewis reviewed over 280 of these Say-on-Pay proposals in 2009. As the US Treasury Department, the
SEC and Congress contemplate proposed federal regulation in 2010 that would mandate advisory votes
at all US public companies, shareholders should anticipate Say-on-Pay becoming a routine item at
annual meetings in the years ahead.
Glass Lewis applies a highly nuanced approach when analyzing advisory votes on executive
compensation. Not only can the specific resolutions vary from company to company, but we believe
the compensation-related disclosure must be examined in the context of each companys distinct
industry as well as its historic pay-for-performance practices. Although Say-on-Pay proposals are
non-binding, a high level of against or abstain votes demonstrate a lack of shareholder
confidence in a companys compensation policies and procedures. Therefore, after determining the
specific aspects of disclosure actually being voted on (i.e., the CD&A, the summary compensation
tables, and/or any related material), we focus on the following main factors when reviewing
Say-on-Pay proposals:
The overall design and structure of the Companys executive compensation program;
The link between compensation and performance as indicated by the Companys current
and past pay-for-performance grades;
The quality and content of the Companys CD&A disclosure and
Any significant changes or modifications made to the Companys compensation
structure or award amounts, including base salaries.
In cases where our analysis reveals a compensation structure in drastic need of reform, we will
recommend that shareholders vote against the Say-on-Pay proposal. Generally such instances include
evidence of a pattern of poor pay-for-performance practices (i.e., deficient or failing pay for
performance grades), unclear or questionable disclosure regarding the overall compensation
structure (i.e., limited information regarding benchmarking processes, limited rationale for bonus
performance metrics and targets, etc.), questionable adjustments to certain aspects of the overall
compensation structure (i.e., limited rationale for significant changes to performance targets or
metrics, the payout of guaranteed bonuses or sizable retention grants, etc.), and/or other
egregious compensation practices.
Limits on Executive Compensation
Generally, Glass Lewis believes shareholders should not be directly involved in setting executive
pay. Such matters should be left to the compensation committee. We view the election of
compensation committee members as the appropriate mechanism for shareholders to express their
disapproval or support of board policy on executive pay. Further, we believe that companies whose
pay-for-performance is in line with their peers should be able to pay their executives in a way
that drives growth and profit, without destroying ethical values, giving consideration to their
peers comparable size and performance.
However, Glass Lewis favors performance-based compensation as an effective way to motivate
executives to act in shareholders best interests. Performance-based pay may be limited if CEO pay
is capped at a low level rather than flexibly tied to company performance.
Limits on Executive Stock Options
Stock options are a common form of executive compensation. Making options a part of compensation
may be an effective way to attract and retain experienced executives and other key employees. Tying
a portion of an executives pay to company performance also provides a good incentive for
executives to
26
maximize share value. Thus, we typically recommend that our clients oppose caps on executive stock
options. However, stock option plans should prohibit re-pricing or vesting acceleration of the
options.
Equity-Based Compensation Plans
Glass Lewis evaluates option- and other equity-based compensation plans using a detailed model and
analyst review. We believe that equity compensation awards are useful, when not abused, for
retaining employees and providing an incentive for them to act in a way that will improve company
performance.
Equity-based compensation programs have important differences from cash compensation plans and
bonus programs. Accordingly, our model and analysis takes into account factors such as plan
administration, the method and terms of exercise, repricing history, express or implied rights to
reprice, and the presence of evergreen provisions.
Our analysis is quantitative and focused on the plans cost as compared with the businesss
operating metrics. We run twenty different analyses, comparing the program with absolute limits we
believe are key to equity value creation and with a carefully chosen peer group. In general, our
model seeks to determine whether the proposed plan is either absolutely excessive or is more than
one standard deviation away from the average plan for the peer group on a range of criteria,
including dilution to shareholders and the projected annual cost relative to the companys
financial performance. Each of the twenty analyses (and their constituent parts) is weighted and
the plan is scored in accordance with that weight.
In our analysis, we compare the programs expected annual expense with the businesss operating
metrics to help determine whether the plan is excessive in light of company performance. We also
compare the option plans expected annual cost to the enterprise value of the firm rather than to
market capitalization because the employees, managers and directors of the firm create enterprise
value and not necessarily market capitalization (the biggest difference is seen where cash
represents the vast majority of market capitalization). Finally, we do not rely exclusively on
relative comparisons with averages because we believe that academic literature proves that some
absolute limits are warranted.
We evaluate option plans based on ten overarching principles:
1. Companies should seek more shares only when needed.
2. Plans should be small enough that companies need shareholder approval every three to four
years (or more frequently).
3. If a plan is relatively expensive, it should not grant options solely to senior executives
and board members.
4. Annual net share count and voting power dilution should be limited.
5. Annual cost of the plan (especially if not shown on the income statement) should be
reasonable as a percentage of financial results and should be in line with the peer group.
6. The expected annual cost of the plan should be proportional to the businesss value.
7. The intrinsic value that option grantees received in the past should be reasonable
compared with the businesss financial results.
8. Plans should deliver value on a per-employee basis when compared with programs at peer
companies.
9. Plans should not permit re-pricing of stock options.
10. Plans should not contain excessively liberal administrative or payment terms.
27
Option Exchanges
Glass Lewis views option repricing plans and option exchange programs with great skepticism.
Shareholders have substantial risk in owning stock and we believe that the employees, officers, and
directors who receive stock options should be similarly situated to align their interests with
shareholder interests.
We are concerned that option grantees who believe they will be rescued from underwater options
will be more inclined to take unjustifiable risks. Moreover, a predictable pattern of repricing or
exchanges substantially alters a stock options value because options that will practically never
expire deeply out of the money are worth far more than options that carry a risk of expiration.
In short, repricings and option exchange programs change the bargain between shareholders and
employees after the bargain has been struck. Re-pricing is tantamount to re-trading.
There is one circumstance in which a repricing or option exchange program is acceptable: if
macroeconomic or industry trends cause a stocks value to decline dramatically, rather than
specific company issues, and repricing is necessary to motivate and retain employees. In this
circumstance, we think it fair to conclude that option grantees may be suffering from a risk that
was not foreseeable when the original bargain was struck. In such a circumstance, we will support
a repricing only if the following conditions are true:
(i) officers and board members do not participate in the program;
(ii) the stock decline mirrors the market or industry price decline in terms of timing and
approximates the decline in magnitude;
(iii) the exchange is value-neutral or value-creative to shareholders with very conservative
assumptions and with a recognition of the adverse selection problems inherent in voluntary
programs; and
(iv) management and the board make a cogent case for needing to motivate and retain existing
employees, such as being in a competitive employment market.
Performance-Based Options
Shareholders commonly ask boards to adopt policies requiring that a significant portion of future
stock option grants to senior executives be based on performance. Performance-based options are
options where the exercise price is linked to an industry peer groups stock-performance index.
Glass Lewis believes in performance-based equity compensation plans for senior executives. We feel
that executives should be compensated with equity when their performance and the companys
performance warrants such rewards. While we do not believe that equity-based pay plans for all
employees should be based on overall company performance, we do support such limitations for equity
grants to senior executives (although some equity-based compensation of senior executives without
performance criteria is acceptable, such as in the case of moderate incentive grants made in an
initial offer of employment or in emerging industries).
Boards often argue that basing option grants on performance would hinder them in attracting talent.
We believe that boards can develop a consistent, reliable approach to attract executives with the
ability to guide the company toward its targets. If the board believes in performance-based pay for
executives, then these proposals requiring the same should not hamper the boards ability to create
equity-based compensation plans.
We generally recommend that shareholders vote in favor of performance-based option requirements.
28
Option Backdating, Spring-Loading, and Bullet-Dodging
Glass Lewis views option backdating, and the related practices of spring-loading and
bullet-dodging, as egregious actions that warrant holding the appropriate management and board
members responsible. These practices are similar to re-pricing options and eliminate much of the
downside risk inherent in an option grant that is designed to induce recipients to maximize
shareholder return. Backdating an option is the act of changing an options grant date from the
actual grant date to an earlier date when the market price of the underlying stock was lower,
resulting in a lower exercise price for the option. Glass Lewis has identified over 270 companies
that have disclosed internal or government investigations into their past stock-option grants.
Spring-loading is granting stock options while in possession of material, positive information that
has not been disclosed publicly. Bullet-dodging is delaying the grants of stock options until after
the release of material, negative information. This can allow option grants to be made at a lower
price either before the release of positive news or following the release of negative news,
assuming the stocks price will move up or down in response to the information. This raises a
concern similar to that of insider trading, or the trading on material non-public information.
The exercise price for an option is determined on the day of grant, providing the recipient with
the same market risk as an investor who bought shares on that date. However, where options were
backdated, the executive or the board (or the compensation committee) changed the grant date
retroactively. The new date may be at or near the lowest price for the year or period. This would
be like allowing an investor to look back and select the lowest price of the year at which to buy
shares.
A 2006 study of option grants made between 1996 and 2005 at 8,000 companies found that option
backdating can be an indication of poor internal controls. The study found that option backdating
was more likely to occur at companies without a majority independent board and with a long-serving
CEO; both factors, the study concluded, were associated with greater CEO influence on the companys
compensation and governance practices.
40
Where a company granted backdated options to an executive who is also a director, Glass Lewis will
recommend voting against that executive/director, regardless of who decided to make the award. In
addition, Glass Lewis will recommend voting against those directors who either approved or allowed
the backdating. Glass Lewis feels that executives and directors who either benefited from backdated
options or authorized the practice have breached their fiduciary responsibility to shareholders.
Given the severe tax and legal liabilities to the company from backdating, Glass Lewis will
consider recommending voting against members of the audit committee who served when options were
backdated, a restatement occurs, material weaknesses in internal controls exist and disclosures
indicate there was a lack of documentation. These committee members failed in their responsibility
to ensure the integrity of the companys financial reports.
When a company has engaged in spring-loading or bullet-dodging, Glass Lewis will consider
recommending voting against the compensation committee members where there has been a pattern of
granting options at or near historic lows. Glass Lewis will also recommend voting against
executives serving on the board who benefited from the spring-loading or bullet-dodging.
162(m) Plans
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code allows companies to deduct compensation in excess of $1
million for the CEO and the next three most highly compensated executive officers, excluding the
CFO,
|
|
|
40
|
|
Lucian Bebchuk, Yaniv Grinstein and Urs
Peyer. LUCKY CEOs. November, 2006.
|
29
upon shareholder approval of the excess compensation. Glass Lewis recognizes the value of executive
incentive programs and the tax benefit of shareholder-approved incentive plans.
We believe the best practice for companies is to provide reasonable disclosure to shareholders so
that they can make sound judgments about the reasonableness of the proposed compensation plan. To
allow for meaningful shareholder review, we prefer that these proposals include: specific
performance goals, a maximum award pool, and a maximum award amount per employee. We also believe
it is important to analyze the estimated grants to see if they are reasonable and in line with the
companys peers.
We typically recommend against a 162(m) plan where: a company fails to provide at least a list of
performance targets; a company fails to provide one of either a total pool or an individual
maximum; or the proposed plan is excessive when compared with the plans of the companys peers.
The companys record of aligning pay with performance (as evaluated using our proprietary
pay-for-performance model) also plays a role in our recommendation. Where a company has a record of
reasonable pay relative to business performance, we are not typically inclined to recommend against
a plan even if the plan caps seem large relative to peers because we recognize the value in special
pay arrangements for continued exceptional performance.
As with all other issues we review, our goal is to provide consistent but contextual advice given
the specifics of the company and ongoing performance. Overall, we recognize that it is generally
not in shareholders best interests to vote against such a plan and forgo the potential tax benefit
since shareholder rejection of such plans will not curtail the awards, it will only prevent the tax
deduction associated with them.
Director Compensation Plans
Glass Lewis believes that non-employee directors should receive compensation for the time and
effort they spend serving on the board and its committees. In particular, we support compensation
plans that include option grants or other equity-based awards that help to align the interests of
outside directors with those of shareholders. Director fees should be competitive in order to
retain and attract qualified individuals. But excessive fees represent a financial cost to the
company and threaten to compromise the objectivity and independence of non-employee directors.
Therefore, a balance is required.
Glass Lewis uses a proprietary model and analyst review to evaluate the costs of those plans
compared to the plans of peer companies with similar market capitalizations. We use the results of
this model to assist in making our voting recommendations on director compensation plans.
30
IV. Governance Structure
and the Shareholder Franchise
ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES
Poison Pills (Shareholder Rights Plans)
Glass Lewis believes that poison pill plans are not generally in shareholders best interests. They
can reduce management accountability by substantially limiting opportunities for corporate
takeovers. Rights plans can thus prevent shareholders from receiving a buy-out premium for their
stock. Typically we recommend that shareholders vote against these plans to protect their financial
interests and ensure that they have an opportunity to consider any offer for their shares,
especially those at a premium.
We believe boards should be given wide latitude in directing company activities and in charting
the companys course. However, on an issue such as this, where the link between the shareholders
financial interests and their right to consider and accept buyout offers is substantial, we
believe that shareholders should be allowed to vote on whether they support such a plans
implementation. This issue is different from other matters that are typically left to board
discretion. Its potential impact on and relation to shareholders is direct and substantial. It is
also an issue in which management interests may be different from those of shareholders; thus,
ensuring that shareholders have a voice is the only way to safeguard their interests.
In certain circumstances, we will support a limited poison pill to accomplish a particular
objective, such as the closing of an important merger, or a pill that contains what we believe to
be a reasonable qualifying offer clause. We will consider supporting a poison pill plan if the
qualifying offer clause includes the following attributes: (i) The form of offer is not required
to be an all-cash transaction; (ii) the offer is not required to remain open for more than 90
business days; (iii) the offeror is permitted to amend the offer, reduce the offer, or otherwise
change the terms; (iv) there is no fairness opinion requirement; and (v) there is a low to no
premium requirement. Where these requirements are met, we typically feel comfortable that
shareholders will have the opportunity to voice their opinion on any legitimate offer.
NOL Poison Pills
Similarly, Glass Lewis may consider supporting a limited poison pill in the unique event that a
company seeks shareholder approval of a rights plan for the express purpose of preserving Net
Operating Losses (NOLs). While companies with NOLs can generally carry these losses forward to
offset future taxable income, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code limits companies ability to
use NOLs in the event of a change of ownership.
41
In this case, a company may adopt or
amend a poison pill (NOL pill) in order to prevent an inadvertent change of ownership by multiple
investors purchasing small chunks of stock at the same time, and thereby preserve the ability to
carry the NOLs forward. Often such NOL pills have trigger thresholds much lower than the common 15%
or 20% thresholds, with some NOL pill triggers as low as 5%.
Glass Lewis evaluates NOL pills on a strictly case-by-case basis taking into consideration, among
other factors, the value of the NOLs to the company, the likelihood of a change of ownership based
on the size of the holding and the nature of the larger shareholders, the trigger threshold and
whether the term of
|
|
|
41
|
|
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code
refers to a change of ownership of more than 50 percentage points by one or
more 5% shareholders within a three-year period. The statute is intended to
deter the trafficking of net operating losses.
|
31
the plan is limited in duration (i.e., whether it contains a reasonable sunset provision) or is
subject to periodic board review and/or shareholder ratification. However, we will recommend that
shareholders vote against a proposal to adopt or amend a pill to include NOL protective provisions
if the company has adopted a more narrowly tailored means of preventing a change in control to
preserve its NOLs. For example, a company may limit share transfers in its charter to prevent a
change of ownership from occurring.
Furthermore, we believe that shareholders should be offered the opportunity to vote on any adoption
or renewal of a NOL pill regardless of any potential tax benefit that it offers a company. As such,
we will consider recommending voting against those members of the board who served at the time when
an NOL pill was adopted without shareholder approval within the prior twelve months and where the
NOL pill is not subject to shareholder ratification.
Fair Price Provisions
Fair price provisions, which are rare, require that certain minimum price and procedural
requirements be observed by any party that acquires more than a specified percentage of a
corporations common stock. The provision is intended to protect minority shareholder value when an
acquirer seeks to accomplish a merger or other transaction which would eliminate or change the
interests of the minority stockholders. The provision is generally applied against the acquirer
unless the takeover is approved by a majority of continuing directors and holders of a majority,
in some cases a supermajority as high as 80%, of the combined voting power of all stock entitled to
vote to alter, amend, or repeal the above provisions.
The effect of a fair price provision is to require approval of any merger or business combination
with an interested stockholder by 51% of the voting stock of the company, excluding the shares
held by the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is generally considered to be a
holder of 10% or more of the companys outstanding stock, but the trigger can vary.
Generally, provisions are put in place for the ostensible purpose of preventing a back-end merger
where the interested stockholder would be able to pay a lower price for the remaining shares of the
company than he or she paid to gain control. The effect of a fair price provision on shareholders,
however, is to limit their ability to gain a premium for their shares through a partial tender
offer or open market acquisition which typically raise the share price, often significantly. A fair
price provision discourages such transactions because of the potential costs of seeking shareholder
approval and because of the restrictions on purchase price for completing a merger or other
transaction at a later time.
Glass Lewis believes that fair price provisions, while sometimes protecting shareholders from abuse
in a takeover situation, more often act as an impediment to takeovers, potentially limiting gains
to shareholders from a variety of transactions that could significantly increase share price. In
some cases, even the independent directors of the board cannot make exceptions when such exceptions
may be in the best interests of shareholders. Given the existence of state law protections for
minority shareholders such as Section 203 of the Delaware Corporations Code, we believe it is in
the best interests of shareholders to remove fair price provisions.
REINCORPORATION
In general, Glass Lewis believes that the board is in the best position to determine the
appropriate jurisdiction of incorporation for the company. When examining a management proposal to
reincorporate to a different state or country, we review the relevant financial benefits,
generally related to improved corporate tax treatment, as well as changes in corporate governance
provisions, especially those relating to shareholder rights, resulting from the change in
domicile. Where the financial benefits are
de minimis
and there is a decrease in shareholder
rights, we will recommend voting against the transaction.
32
However, costly, shareholder-initiated reincorporations are typically not the best route to
achieve the furtherance of shareholder rights. We believe shareholders are generally better served
by proposing specific shareholder resolutions addressing pertinent issues which may be implemented
at a lower cost, and perhaps even with board approval. However, when shareholders propose a shift
into a jurisdiction with enhanced shareholder rights, Glass Lewis examines the significant ways
would the Company benefit from shifting jurisdictions including the following:
1. Is the board sufficiently independent?
2. Does the Company have anti-takeover protections such as a poison pill or classified board
in place?
3. Has the board been previously unresponsive to shareholders (such as failing to implement a
shareholder proposal that received majority shareholder support)?
4. Do shareholders have the right to call special meetings of shareholders?
5. Are there other material governance issues at the Company?
6. Has the Companys performance matched or exceeded its peers in the past one and three
years?
7. How has the Company ranked in Glass Lewis pay-for-performance analysis during the last
three years?
8. Does the company have an independent chairman?
We note, however, that we will only support shareholder proposals to change a companys place of
incorporation in exceptional circumstances.
AUTHORIZED SHARES
Glass Lewis believes that adequate capital stock is important to a companys operation. When
analyzing a request for additional shares, we typically review four common reasons why a company
might need additional capital stock:
(i) Stock Split We typically consider three metrics when evaluating whether we think a
stock split
is likely or necessary: The historical stock pre-split price, if any; the current price
relative to the
companys most common trading price over the past 52 weeks; and some absolute limits on stock
price that, in our view, either always make a stock split appropriate if desired by
management or
would almost never be a reasonable price at which to split a stock.
(ii) Shareholder Defenses Additional authorized shares could be used to bolster takeover
defenses such as a poison pill. Proxy filings often discuss the usefulness of additional
shares in defending against or discouraging a hostile takeover as a reason for a requested
increase. Glass Lewis is typically against such defenses and will oppose actions intended to
bolster such defenses.
(iii) Financing for Acquisitions We look at whether the company has a history of using
stock for acquisitions and attempt to determine what levels of stock have typically been
required to accomplish such transactions. Likewise, we look to see whether this is discussed
as a reason for additional shares in the proxy.
(iv) Financing for Operations We review the companys cash position and its ability to
secure financing through borrowing or other means. We look at the companys history of
capitalization and whether the company has had to use stock in the recent past as a means of
raising capital.
33
Issuing additional shares can dilute existing holders in limited circumstances. Further, the
availability of additional shares, where the board has discretion to implement a poison pill, can
often serve as a deterrent to interested suitors. Accordingly, where we find that the company has
not detailed a plan for use of the proposed shares, or where the number of shares far exceeds those
needed to accomplish a detailed plan, we typically recommend against the authorization of
additional shares.
While we think that having adequate shares to allow management to make quick decisions and
effectively operate the business is critical, we prefer that, for significant transactions,
management come to shareholders to justify their use of additional shares rather than providing a
blank check in the form of a large pool of unallocated shares available for any purpose.
ADVANCE NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
FOR SHAREHOLDER BALLOT PROPOSALS
We typically recommend that shareholders vote against proposals that would require advance notice
of shareholder proposals or of director nominees.
These proposals typically attempt to require a certain amount of notice before shareholders are
allowed to place proposals on the ballot. Notice requirements typically range between three to six
months prior to the annual meeting. Advance notice requirements typically make it impossible for a
shareholder who misses the deadline to present a shareholder proposal or a director nominee that
might be in the best interests of the company and its shareholders.
We believe shareholders should be able to review and vote on all proposals and director nominees.
Shareholders can always vote against proposals that appear with little prior notice. Shareholders,
as owners of a business, are capable of identifying issues on which they have sufficient
information and ignoring issues on which they have insufficient information. Setting arbitrary
notice restrictions limits the opportunity for shareholders to raise issues that may come up after
the window closes.
VOTING STRUCTURE
Cumulative Voting
We review cumulative voting proposals on a case-by-case basis, factoring in the independence of the
board and the status of the companys governance structure. But we typically find these proposals
on ballots at companies where independence is lacking and where the appropriate checks and balances
favoring shareholders are not in place. In those instances we typically recommend in favor of
cumulative voting.
Cumulative voting is a process that maximizes minority shareholders ability to ensure
representation of their views on the board. It can be important when a board is controlled by
insiders or affiliates and where the companys ownership structure includes one or more
shareholders who control a majority-voting block of company stock.
Glass Lewis believes that cumulative voting generally acts as a safeguard for shareholders by
ensuring that those who hold a significant minority of shares can elect a candidate of their
choosing to the board. This allows the creation of boards that are responsive to the interests of
all shareholders rather than just a small group of large holders.
Academic literature indicates that where a highly independent board is in place and the company
has a shareholder-friendly governance structure, shareholders may be better off without cumulative
voting. The analysis underlying this literature indicates that shareholder returns at firms with
good governance
34
structures are lower and that boards can become factionalized and prone to evaluating the needs of
special interests over the general interests of shareholders collectively.
Where a company has adopted a true majority vote standard (i.e., where a director must receive a
majority of votes cast to be elected, as opposed to a modified policy indicated by a resignation
policy only), Glass Lewis will recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals due to the
incompatibility of the two election methods. For companies that have not adopted a true majority
voting standard but have adopted some form of majority voting, Glass Lewis will also generally
recommend voting against cumulative voting proposals if the company has not adopted antitakeover
protections and has been responsive to shareholders.
Where a company has not adopted a majority voting standard and is facing both a shareholder
proposal to adopt majority voting and a shareholder proposal to adopt cumulative voting, Glass
Lewis will support only the majority voting proposal. When a company has both majority voting and
cumulative voting in place, there is a higher likelihood of one or more directors not being elected
as a result of not receiving a majority vote. This is because shareholders exercising the right to
cumulate their votes could unintentionally cause the failed election of one or more directors for
whom shareholders do not cumulate votes.
Supermajority Vote Requirements
Glass Lewis believes that supermajority vote requirements impede shareholder action on ballot items
critical to shareholder interests. An example is in the takeover context, where supermajority vote
requirements can strongly limit the voice of shareholders in making decisions on such crucial
matters as selling the business. This in turn degrades share value and can limit the possibility of
buyout premiums to shareholders. Moreover, we believe that a supermajority vote requirement can
enable a small group of shareholders to overrule the will of the majority shareholders. We believe
that a simple majority is appropriate to approve all matters presented to shareholders.
TRANSACTION OF OTHER BUSINESS
AT AN ANNUAL OR SPECIAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS
We typically recommend that shareholders not give their proxy to management to vote on any other
business items that may properly come before the annual meeting. In our opinion, granting
unfettered discretion is unwise.
ANTI-GREENMAIL PROPOSALS
Glass Lewis will support proposals to adopt a provision preventing the payment of greenmail, which
would serve to prevent companies from buying back company stock at significant premiums from a
certain shareholder. Since a large or majority shareholder could attempt to compel a board into
purchasing its shares at a large premium, the anti-greenmail provision would generally require that
a majority of shareholders other than the majority shareholder approve the buyback.
MUTUAL FUNDS: INVESTMENT POLICIES AND ADVISORY AGREEMENTS
Glass Lewis believes that decisions about a funds structure and/or a funds relationship with its
investment advisor or sub-advisors are generally best left to management and the members of the
board, absent a showing of egregious or illegal conduct that might threaten shareholder value. As
such, we focus our analyses of such proposals on the following main areas:
The terms of any amended advisory or sub-advisory agreement;
35
Any changes in the fee structure paid to the investment advisor; and
Any material changes to the funds investment objective or strategy.
We generally support amendments to a funds investment advisory agreement absent a material change
that is not in the best interests of shareholders. A significant increase in the fees paid to an
investment advisor would be reason for us to consider recommending voting against a proposed
amendment to an investment advisory agreement. However, in certain cases, we are more inclined to
support an increase in advisory fees if such increases result from being performance-based rather
than asset-based. Furthermore, we generally support sub-advisory agreements between a funds
advisor and sub-advisor, primarily because the fees received by the sub-advisor are paid by the
advisor, and not by the fund.
In matters pertaining to a funds investment objective or strategy, we believe shareholders are
best served when a funds objective or strategy closely resembles the investment discipline
shareholders understood and selected when they initially bought into the fund. As such, we
generally recommend voting against amendments to a funds investment objective or strategy when the
proposed changes would leave shareholders with stakes in a fund that is noticeably different than
when originally contemplated, and which could therefore potentially negatively impact some
investors diversification strategies.
36
V. Environmental, Social and
Governance Shareholder Initiatives
Glass Lewis evaluates shareholder proposals on a case-by-case basis. We generally recommend
supporting shareholder proposals calling for the elimination or removal of, as well as to require
shareholder approval of, antitakeover devices such as poison pills and classified boards, both
discussed in detail above. We generally recommend supporting proposals likely to increase or
protect shareholder value and/or promote the furtherance of shareholder rights. In addition, we
also generally recommend supporting proposals seeking to promote director accountability and to
improve compensation practices especially those promoting a closer link between compensation and
performance.
However, we typically prefer to leave decisions regarding day-to-day management and policy
decisions, including those related to social, environmental or political issues, to management and
the board except when there is a clear link between the proposal and economic or financial value
enhancement or risk mitigation for the firm. We feel strongly that shareholders should not attempt
to micromanage the company, its businesses or its executives through the shareholder initiative
process.
Rather, we believe shareholders should use their influence to push for governance structures that
protect shareholders and promote director accountability, including majority voting for director
elections, and then put in place a board they can trust to make informed and careful decisions that
are in the best interests of the business and its owners. We believe shareholders should hold
directors accountable for management and policy decisions through director elections. However, we
recognize that support of appropriately crafted shareholder initiatives that provide shareholders
with increased information, and that allow the board sufficient flexibility can, in some cases,
serve to promote or protect shareholder value. The following is a discussion of Glass Lewis
approach to certain common shareholder resolution proposals. We note that the following is not an
exhaustive list of all shareholder proposals analyzed or expected.
GOVERNANCE
Right of Shareholders to Call a Special Meeting
Glass Lewis strongly supports the right of shareholders to call special meetings. Thus we believe
in certain circumstances shareholders should have the ability to call meetings of shareholders
between annual meetings to consider matters that require prompt attention. However, in order to
prevent abuse and waste of corporate resources by a small minority of shareholders, we believe that
shareholders representing at least a sizable minority of shares must support such a meeting prior
to its calling. Should the threshold be set too low, companies might frequently be subjected to
meetings whose effect could be the disruption of normal business operations in order to focus on
the interests of only a small minority of owners. Typically we believe this threshold should not
fall below 10-15% of shares, depending on company size.
In our evaluation whether to recommend supporting such proposals, we consider the following:
Company size
Shareholder base in both percentage of ownership and type of shareholder (e.g., hedge fund, activist investor, mutual fund, pension fund, etc.)
37
Responsiveness of board and management to shareholders evidenced by progressive shareholder
rights policies (e.g., majority voting, declassifying boards, etc.) and reaction to
shareholder proposals
Company performance and steps taken to improve bad performance (e.g., new executives/ directors, spin offs, etc.)
Existence of anti-takeover protections or other entrenchment devices
Opportunities for shareholder action (e.g., ability to act by written consent)
Existing ability for shareholders to call a special meeting
Right of Shareholders to Act by Written Consent
Glass Lewis strongly supports shareholders right to act by written consent. As with the right to
call special meetings, we believe such rights should be limited to, again depending on company
size, a minimum of 10-15% of the shareholders requesting action by written consent, to prevent
abuse and waste of corporate resources. Again, we believe a lower threshold may leave companies
subject to meetings that may disrupt business operations to focus on the interests of a minority of
owners. But we will support proposals to allow shareholders to act by written consent without a
minimum threshold because shareholders are better off with this right than without it, and the
benefit to shareholders outweighs the potential for abuse.
Board Composition
Glass Lewis believes the selection and screening process for identifying suitably qualified
candidates for a companys board of directors is one which requires the judgment of many factors,
including the balance of skills and talents, as well as the breadth and diversity of experience of
candidates and existing board members.
The diversity of skills, abilities and points of view can foster the development of a more creative
and effective board. In general, however, we do not believe that it is in the best interests of
shareholders for firms to be beholden to arbitrary rules regarding its board composition. We
believe such matters should be left to a boards nominating committee, which is generally
responsible for establishing and implementing policies regarding the composition of the board, and
which can be held accountable through their election.
Reimbursement of Solicitation Expenses
Glass Lewis feels that in some circumstances, replacing some or all directors on a companys board
is warranted where the incumbent director or directors have failed in their oversight of management
by failing to address continuously poor performance. Where a dissident shareholder is seeking
reimbursement for his or her expenses and has received the support of a majority of shareholders,
Glass Lewis generally will recommend in favor of reimbursing the dissident for expenses incurred in
waging the contest.
In those rare cases where a shareholder has put the shareholders own time and money into a
successful campaign to unseat a poorly performing director, we feel that the dissident should be
entitled to reimbursement of expenses by the company. In such a situation, other shareholders
express their agreement by virtue of their majority vote for the dissident and will share in the
improved company performance.
38
Since contests are expensive and distracting to the management and the board, to avoid encouraging
nuisance or agenda-driven contests, we only support the reimbursement of expenses where the
dissident has convinced at least a majority of shareholders to support a certain candidate(s).
COMPENSATION
Severance Agreements
As a general rule, Glass Lewis believes that shareholders should not be involved in the approval of
individual severance plans. Such matters should be left to the boards compensation committee,
which can be held accountable for its decisions through the election of its director members.
However, when proposals are crafted to only require approval if the benefit exceeds 2.99 times the
amount of the executives base salary plus bonus, Glass Lewis typically supports such requests.
Above this threshold, based on the executives average annual compensation for the most recent five
years, the company can no longer deduct severance payments as an expense, and thus shareholders are
deprived of a valuable benefit. We believe that shareholders should be consulted before
relinquishing such a right, and that implementing such policies would still leave companies with
sufficient freedom to enter into the vast majority of severance arrangements.
Additionally, investors should monitor severance agreements when they are initially put in place.
If shareholders initially approved of a severance agreement, it is inappropriate to vote against
the compensation committee later on when the severance agreement goes into effect. However, in the
absence of a shareholder vote on severance agreements, Glass Lewis will evaluate the role of the
compensation committee when the agreement was adopted.
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay)
As noted above, Glass Lewis does not believe shareholders should be involved in the design,
negotiation, management or approval of compensation packages. Such matters should be left to the
compensation committee, which can be held accountable for its decisions through their election.
In the case of advisory votes on compensation, however, proposals are typically crafted to allow
shareholders a non-binding vote on the companys executive officers compensation and policies.
Glass Lewis believes that the advisory vote therefore provides an effective mechanism for
enhancing transparency in setting executive pay, improving accountability to shareholders, and
providing for a more effective link between pay and performance. Where shareholders believe
compensation packages are inappropriately structured, a high negative vote could compel the board
to reexamine its compensation practices and act accordingly. While a vote to approve the report
will not directly affect the boards ability to set compensation policy, it will allow
shareholders to register their opinions regarding the companys compensation practices.
While still somewhat nascent, empirical research regarding the effects of advisory votes in certain
non-US markets paints a broadly positive picture of the impact of such votes. In particular, a 2004
study for the British Department of Trade and Industry found that the advisory voting requirement
has resulted in a number of well publicized situations where [compensation] committees have
changed their policy or practice as a result of direct shareholder voting. (Report on the Impact
of the Directors Remuneration Report Regulations. Deloitte & Touche. 2004). The study also found
that the extent to which companies consulted shareholders about compensation practices has greatly
increased over the past two years.
Further empirical evidence suggests that CEO compensation in the UK has been more sensitive to
negative operating metrics following the introduction of the remuneration report vote than in prior
39
periods, indicating a decrease in rewards for failure. (Fabrizio Ferri and David Maber. Say on
Pay Vote and CEO Compensation: Evidence from the UK. SSRN: http://ssrn.com/abstract=1169446. June
30, 2008.)
We recognize that criticism has been raised with respect to shareholder advisory votes, such as
injecting shareholders too far into compensation decisions and limiting the flexibility of
companies to uniquely tailor their compensation policies as they strive to conform to external
guidelines. (Laraine S. Rothenberg and Todd S. McCafferty. Say on Pay: Linking Executive Pay to
Performance. New York Law Journal. September 24, 2008). However, we do not believe these
arguments are persuasive since shareholders are already, and increasingly, reviewing all aspects
of compensation irrespective of an opportunity to cast an advisory vote on compensation. Indeed, a
growing number of institutional investors vote against compensation committee members as a means
to express concern or dissatisfaction with companies compensation practices. As a result, some of
these institutions do not feel the adoption of advisory votes is necessary since they will vote
against compensation committee members directly.
Glass Lewis does, however, recognize that the use of advisory compensation votes does not
necessarily reduce executive compensation. One recent study that found that executive remuneration
in the UK has continued to rise at the same rate as prior to the adoption of say on pay, indicating
a general failure to curb executive compensation. (Jeffrey Gordon. Say on Pay: Cautionary Notes
on the UK Experience and the Case for Muddling Through. Columbia Law and Economics Working Paper
No. 336. SSRN: http:// ssrn.com/abstract=1262867. September 3, 2008). We, however, do not believe
that the purpose of an advisory vote on compensation is to rein in executive pay. Rather it is to
ensure that the remuneration paid to executives is firmly tied to the creation and advancement of
long-term shareholder value.
Bonus Recoupments (Clawbacks)
Glass Lewis carefully reviews the compensation awarded to senior executives and we believe that
senior executives of a company should never receive compensation for performance that was not
achieved by the company.
We believe shareholders would be well-served by requiring the board to adopt a more detailed and
stringent policy on recouping unearned bonuses, rather than relying on regulatory action such as
requirements under Sarbanes Oxley. When examining proposals that require companies to recoup
executives bonuses paid as a result of faulty accounting, Glass Lewis will first look to see if
the company has already adopted a policy to recoup bonuses awarded to senior executives during a
restatement, and whether that policy is included in the CEOs contract. When the board has already
committed to a proper course, in our opinion, and their current policy covers the major tenets of
the proposal at hand while giving the board adequate flexibility to exercise discretion over these
matters, we see no need for further action.
In some instances, shareholder proposals call for board action that may contravene the boards
legal obligations under existing employment agreements with executives. In addition, the boards
ability to exercise its judgment and reasonable discretion on this issue may be excessively limited
under such proposals, which may not be warranted, depending on the specific situation of the
company in question. We believe it is reasonable that a recoupment policy should only affect senior
executives and those directly responsible for the companys accounting errors.
Where a company is giving a new contract to an executive that does not include a clawback provision
and the company has had a material restatement, especially if the restatement was due to fraud,
Glass Lewis will recommend voting against the responsible members of the compensation committee.
Compensation committee members have an obligation to build in reasonable controls to executive
contracts to prevent payments in the case of inappropriate behavior.
40
Linking Executive Pay to Social Criteria
We recognize that companies involvement in environmentally sensitive and labor-intensive
industries influences the degree to which a firms overall strategy must weigh environmental and
social concerns. However, we also understand that the value generated by incentivizing executives
to prioritize environmental and social issues is difficult to quantify and therefore measure, and
necessarily varies among industries and companies.
When reviewing such proposals seeking to tie executive compensation to environmental or social
practices, we will review the target firms compliance with (or violation of) applicable laws and
regulations, and examine any history of environmental and social related concerns including those
resulting in material investigations, lawsuits, fines and settlements. We will also review the
firms current compensation policies and practice. However, with respect to executive compensation,
Glass Lewis generally believes that such policies should be left to the compensation committee. We
view the election of directors, specifically those who sit on the compensation committee, as the
appropriate mechanism for shareholders to express their disapproval of board policy on this issue.
ENVIRONMENT
When management and the board have displayed disregard for environmental risks, have engaged in
egregious or illegal conduct, or have failed to adequately respond to current or imminent
environmental risks that threaten shareholder value, we believe shareholders should hold directors
accountable when they face reelection. We believe it is prudent for management to assess its
potential exposure to all risks, including environmental and regulations pertaining thereto and
incorporate this information into its overall business risk profile.
Glass Lewis recognizes the significant financial, legal and reputational risks to companies
resulting from poor environmental practices or negligent oversight thereof. We believe part of the
boards role is to ensure that management conducts a complete risk analysis of company operations,
including those that have environmental implications. Further, directors should monitor
managements performance in mitigating the environmental risks attendant with relevant operations
in order to eliminate or minimize the risks to the company and shareholders.
While Glass Lewis recognizes that most environmental concerns are best addressed via avenues other
than proxy proposals, when a substantial environmental risk has been ignored or inadequately
addressed, we may recommend voting against responsible members of the governance committee. In some
cases, we may recommend voting against all directors who were on the board when the substantial
risk arose, was ignored, or was not mitigated.
Climate Change and Green House Gas Emission Disclosure Proposals
Glass Lewis will consider recommending a vote in favor of a reasonable shareholder proposal to
disclose a companys climate change and/or green house gas emission approaches when (i) a company
has encountered problems such as lawsuits and/or government investigations or investors have
established a link to impact on shareholder value from climate change and/or green house gas
emission regulations, and (ii) the company has failed to adequately disclose how it has addressed
these problems. We will examine such proposals in light of requests made to the company for
additional information, its response and whether there is a reasonable case as to the negative
implications to shareholders and the company.
41
With respect to climate risk, Glass Lewis believes companies should actively consider their
exposure to:
Direct environmental risk: Companies should evaluate their financial exposure to a potential
rise in sea levels, increased wildfires and extreme weather, reduced air quality, water
availability and public health problems brought on by higher temperatures.
Risk due to legislation/regulation: We believe companies, and particularly those operating in
carbon-intensive industries, should evaluate their exposure to a potential increase or shift
in environmental regulation with respect to their operations.
Legal and reputational risk: As has been seen relating to other environmental, social and
governance matters, failure to take action may carry the risk of damaging negative publicity
and potentially costly litigation.
As such, Glass Lewis will consider recommending a vote in favor of a reasonable proposal to
disclose a companys climate change and/or greenhouse gas emission strategies when (i) a company
has suffered financial impact from reputational damage, lawsuits and/or government investigations,
(ii) there is a strong link between climate change and/or its resultant regulation and shareholder
value at the firm, and (iii) the company has failed to adequately disclose how it has addressed
these risks.
Sustainability
With respect to shareholder proposals requesting that a firm produce a sustainability report, when
evaluating these requests we will consider, among other things:
The financial risk to the company from the firms environmental practices and/or regulation;
The relevant companys current level of disclosure;
The level of sustainability information disclosed by the firms peers;
The industry in which the firm operates;
The level and type of sustainability concerns/controversies at the relevant firm, if any;
The time frame within which the relevant report is to be produced; and
The level of flexibility granted to the board in the implementation of the proposal.
Sustainable Forestry
Sustainable forestry provides for the long-term sustainable management and use of trees and other
non-timber forest products. Retaining the economic viability of forests is one of the tenets of
sustainable forestry, along with encouraging more responsible corporate use of forests. Sustainable
land use and the effective management of land are viewed by some shareholders as important in light
of the impact of climate change. Forestry certification has emerged as a way that corporations can
address prudent forest management. There are currently several primary certification schemes such
as the Sustainable Forestry Initiative (SFI) and the Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
There are nine main principles that comprise the SFI: (i) sustainable forestry; (ii) responsible
practices; (iii) reforestation and productive capacity; (iv) forest health and productivity; (v)
long-term forest and soil productivity; (vi) protection of water resources; (vii) protection of
special sites and biodiversity; (viii) legal compliance; and (ix) continual improvement.
The FSC adheres to ten basic principles: (i) compliance with laws and FSC principles; (ii) tenure
and use rights and responsibilities; (iii) indigenous peoples rights; (iv) community relations and
workers rights;
42
(v) benefits from the forest; (vi) environmental impact; (vii) management plan; (viii) monitoring
and assessment; (ix) maintenance of high conservation value forests; and (x) plantations.
Shareholder proposals regarding sustainable forestry have typically requested that the firm comply
with the above SFI or FSC principles as well as to assess the feasibility of phasing out the use of
uncertified fiber and increasing the use of certified fiber. We will evaluate target firms current
mix of certified and uncertified paper and the firms general approach to sustainable forestry
practices, both absolutely and relative to its peers but will only support proposals of this nature
when we believe that the proponent has clearly demonstrated that the implementation of this
proposal is clearly linked to an increase in shareholder value.
SOCIAL ISSUES
Non-Discrimination Policies
Where there is clear evidence of employment practices resulting in significant negative economic
exposure to the company, Glass Lewis will support shareholder proposals that seek to address labor
policies, such as shareholder proposals calling for increased disclosure of labor policies and of
steps a company has taken to mitigate the risks associated with those policies.
Glass Lewis recognizes that companies with a record of poor labor relations or treatment of its
workers can face risks, such as employee lawsuits, poor employee work performance and turnover, and
regulatory investigations. Glass Lewis will hold directors accountable for company decisions
related to labor and employment problems.
As risk associated with sensitive issues such as EEO policies and investigations of discrimination
have the potential to directly affect shareholder value, we believe shareholders should closely
monitor the companys policies regarding these issues. As an increasing number of peer companies
adopt inclusive EEO policies, companies without comprehensive policies may face damaging
recruitment, reputational and, potentially, legal risks. We recognize that the theoretical increase
in, or protection of, shareholder value resulting from inclusive employment policies may be
difficult, if not impossible, to identify or measure.
However, we believe that a pattern of making financial settlements as a result of lawsuits based on
discrimination could indicate exposure to findings of discriminatory employment practices. As such,
shareholders could, in some instances, benefit from codifying nondiscriminatory policies.
MacBride Principles
To promote peace, justice and equality regarding employment in Northern Ireland, Dr. Sean MacBride,
founder of Amnesty International and Nobel Peace laureate, proposed the following equal opportunity
employment principles:
1. Increasing the representation of individuals from underrepresented religious groups in the
workforce including managerial, supervisory, administrative, clerical and technical jobs;
2. Adequate security for the protection of minority employees both at the workplace and while
traveling to and from work;
3. The banning of provocative religious or political emblems from the workplace;
4. All job openings should be publicly advertised and special recruitment efforts should be
made to attract applicants from underrepresented religious groups;
43
5. Layoff, recall, and termination procedures should not, in practice, favor particular
religious groupings;
6. The abolition of job reservations, apprenticeship restrictions, and differential
employment criteria, which discriminate on the basis of religion or ethnic origin;
7. The development of training programs that will prepare substantial numbers of current
minority employees for skilled jobs, including the expansion of existing programs and the
creation of new programs to train, upgrade, and improve the skills of minority employees;
8. The establishment of procedures to assess, identify and actively recruit minority
employees with potential for further advancement; and
9. The appointment of senior management staff member to oversee the companys affirmative
action efforts and setting up of timetables to carry out affirmative action principles.
Proposals requesting the implementation of the above principles are typically proposed at firms
that operate, or maintain subsidiaries that operate, in Northern Ireland. In each case, we will
examine the companys current equal employment opportunity policy and the extent to which the
company has been subject to protests, fines, or litigation regarding discrimination in the
workplace, if any. Further, we will examine any evidence of the firms specific record of labor
concerns in Northern Ireland.
Human Rights
Glass Lewis believes explicit policies set out by companies boards of directors on human rights
provides shareholders with the means to evaluate whether the company has taken steps to mitigate
risks from its human rights practices. As such, we believe that it is prudent for firms to
actively evaluate risks to shareholder value stemming from global activities and human rights
practices along entire supply chains. Findings and investigations of human rights abuses can
inflict, at a minimum, reputational damage on targeted companies and have the potential to
dramatically reduce shareholder value. This is particularly true for companies operating in
emerging market countries in extractive industries and in politically unstable regions.
As such, while we typically rely on the expertise of the board on these important policy issues, we
recognize that, in some instances, shareholders could benefit from increased reporting or further
codification of human rights policies.
Military and US Government Business Policies
Glass Lewis believes that disclosure to shareholders of information on key company endeavors is
important. However, we generally do not support resolutions that call for shareholder approval of
policy statements for or against government programs, most of which are subject to thorough review
by the federal government and elected officials at the national level. We also do not support
proposals favoring disclosure of information where such disclosure is already mandated by law,
unless circumstances exist that warrant the extra disclosure.
Foreign Government Business Policies
Where a corporation operates in a foreign country, Glass Lewis believes that the company and board
should maintain sufficient controls to prevent illegal or egregious conduct with the potential to
decrease shareholder value, examples of which include bribery, money laundering, severe
environmental violations or proven human rights violations. We believe that shareholders should
hold board members, and in particular members of the audit committee and CEO, accountable for
these issues when they face reelection, as these concerns may subject the company to financial
risk such as fines for violating
44
the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. In some instances, we will support appropriately crafted
shareholder proposals specifically addressing concerns with the target firms actions outside its
home jurisdiction.
Health Care Reform Principles
Health care reform in the United States has long been a contentious political issue and Glass Lewis
therefore believes firms must evaluate and mitigate the level of risk to which they may be exposed
regarding potential changes in health care legislation. In 2009, Glass Lewis reviewed multiple
shareholder proposals requesting that boards adopt principles for comprehensive health reform, such
as the following based upon principles reported by the Institute of Medicine:
Health care coverage should be universal;
Health care coverage should be continuous;
Health care coverage should be affordable to individuals and families;
The health insurance strategy should be affordable and sustainable for society; and
Health insurance should enhance health and well-being by promoting access to high-quality
care that is effective, efficient, safe, timely, patient-centered and equitable.
Given the current national debate regarding health care, we typically believe that individual board
rooms are not the appropriate forum in which to address evolving and contentious national policy
issues. The adoption of a narrow set of principles could limit the boards ability to comply with
new regulation or to appropriately and flexibly respond to health care issues as they arise. As
such, barring a compelling reason to the contrary, we typically do not support the implementation
of national health care reform principles at the company level.
Tobacco
Glass Lewis recognizes the contentious nature of the production, procurement, marketing and selling
of tobacco. However, we typically do not support proposals requesting that firms shift away from,
or significantly alter, the legal production or marketing of core products. We also recognize that
tobacco companies are particularly susceptible to reputational and regulatory risk due to the
nature of its operations. As such, we will consider supporting uniquely tailored and appropriately
crafted shareholder proposals requesting increased information or the implementation of suitably
broad policies at target firms on a case-by-case basis.
Reporting Contributions and Political Spending
Glass Lewis believes that disclosure of how a company uses its funds is an important component of
corporate accountability to shareholders. In our view, a rigorous oversight process can minimize a
companys exposure to legal, reputational and financial risk by ensuring that corporate assets are
used to enhance shareholder value in accordance with federal and state law, consistent with a
companys stated values, and the long-term interests of the company.
While corporate contributions to national political parties and committees controlled by federal
officeholders are prohibited under federal law, corporations can legally donate to state and local
candidates, organizations registered under 26 USC Sec. 527 of the Internal Revenue Code and
state-level political committees. There is, however, no standardized manner in which companies
must disclose this information. As such, shareholders often must search through numerous campaign
finance reports and detailed tax documents to ascertain even limited information. Corporations
also frequently join trade associations, generally paying dues to do so, as a means for corporate
political action. However,
45
trade associations are neither required to report funds they receive for nor spend on political
activity. Therefore, the tracking of corporate expenditures to political causes through trade
associations can be impossible, often leaving corporations unable to determine for themselves
which causes or campaigns their dues or donations have gone to support. Since not all donations to
trade organizations are used strictly for political purposes, we question how corporations are
able to assess the efficacy of such donations or determine the effect of such expenditure on
long-term shareholder value.
Further, the empirical evidence regarding the benefit to shareholders of corporate political
contributions remains unclear. In one study of firm-level contributions to U.S. political campaigns
from 1979 to 2004, researchers found that measures of support to candidates were positively and
significantly correlated with a cross-section of future returns. This was especially the case when
those contributions went to a large number of candidates in the same state as the contributing firm
(Michael J. Cooper, Huseyin Gulen and Alexei V. Ovtchinnikov. Corporate Political Contributions
and Stock Returns. SSRN. September 26, 2008). However, in a separate study of political
contributions from 1991 to 2004, researchers found donations to be negatively correlated with
future excess returns with only limited support for the contention that political donations
represent an investment in political capital (Rajash K. Aggarwal, Felix Meschke and Tracy Yue Wang.
Corporate Political Contributions: Investment or Agency? SSRN. August 11, 2008).
Given that political donations are strategic decisions intended to increase shareholder value and
have the potential to negatively affect the company, we believe the board should either implement
processes and procedures to ensure the proper use of the funds or closely evaluate the process and
procedures used by management. At least one study found that close board oversight of lobbying
strategies may minimize instances of the company contributing to causes that are not in
shareholders best interests (Robert Repetto. Best Practice in Internal Oversight of Lobbying
Practice. Yale Center for Environmental Law & Policy. September 1, 2006).
When evaluating whether the report requested would benefit shareholders, Glass Lewis seeks answers
to the following three key questions:
Is the Companys disclosure comprehensive and readily accessible?
How does the Companys political expenditure policy and disclosure compare to its peers?
What is the Companys current level of oversight?
Glass Lewis will consider supporting a proposal seeking increased disclosure of corporate political
expenditure and contributions if the firms current disclosure is insufficient, is lacking compared
to its peers, and where there is inadequate board oversight, evidenced by some evidence or credible
allegation that the Company is mismanaging corporate funds through political donations or has a
record of doing so. We will, in each case, consider the merits of the proposal in the context of
relevant company. If Glass Lewis discovers particularly egregious actions by the company, we will
consider recommending voting against the governance committee members or other responsible
directors.
Animal Welfare
Glass Lewis believes that it is prudent for management to assess potential exposure to regulatory,
legal and reputational risks associated with all business practices including those related to
animal welfare; failure to take action on certain issues may carry the risk of fines and damaging
negative publicity. A high profile campaign launched against a company could result in shareholder
action, a reduced customer base, protests and potentially costly litigation.
46
However, in general, we believe that the board and management are in the best position to determine
policies relating to the care and use of animals. As such, we will typically vote against proposals
seeking to eliminate or limit board discretion regarding animal welfare unless there is a clear and
documented link between the boards policies and the degradation of shareholder value.
For more information about
Glass Lewis policies
or approach to proxy analysis,
please visit
www.glasslewis.com
or contact
Chief Policy Officer
Robert McCormick at +1 415 678-4228
47
San Francisco
Headquarters Glass,
Lewis & Co., LLC One
Sansome Street Suite 3300
San Francisco, CA 94104 Tel: +1
415-678-4110 Tel: +1 888-800-7001
Fax: +1 415-357-0200
New York Glass,
Lewis & Co., LLC 48 Wall
Street 28th Floor
New York, N.Y. 10005
Tel: +1 212-797-3777
Fax: +1
212-980-4716
Australia CGI
Glass Lewis Suite 2,
Level 5 80 Clarence
Street Sydney NSW 2001
Australia
Tel: +61 2 9299 9266
Fax: +61 2 9299 1866
france
|
Glass Lewis International, Ltd. 27
rue Monge 75005 Paris France
Tel: +33 9 54 88 99 10
Fax: +33 1 77 72 26 27
Japan
Glass Lewis Japan
K.K.
Kabuto-cho
No. 2 Bldg., 6F
9-2 Nihonbashi,
Kabuto-cho
Chuo-ku, Tokyo
103-0026 Japan
Tel/Fax: +81 03-6273-8647
Please direct general inquiries to infq@glasslewis.com
|
PART C: OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 28. EXHIBITS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Certificate of Trust, dated January 27, 2009, of Schwab Strategic Trust (the Registrant or the Trust) is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(1) of the Registrants Registration Statement, filed July 15, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Registrants Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust, dated October 12, 2009, is incorporated by
reference to Exhibit (a)(3) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 of the Registrants Registration Statement, filed October
27, 2009 (hereinafter referred to as Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Registrants By-Laws, dated January 26, 2009, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (b) of the Registrants
Registration Statement, filed July 15, 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reference is made to Article 5 of the Registrants Agreement and Declaration of Trust.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009,is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (d) of Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 of the Registrants Registration Statement,
filed April 21, 2010 (hereinafter referred to as PEA No. 1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment
Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and SEI Investments Distribution Co. is incorporated by reference to
Exhibit (e) of PEA No. 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and SEI Investments Distribution Co.,
dated October 12, 2009, is filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 17, 2005, is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(1) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 of Registrants Registration Statement,
filed October 7, 2009 (hereinafter referred to as Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 8, 2009,to the Custodian
Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank
and Trust Company, dated October 17, 2005 is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (g)(2) of PEA No.
1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
Form of Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust
Company, dated October 17, 2005, is filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(h)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc, dated October 12, 2009,
is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(1) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 8, 2009, is
incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(2) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
Authorized Participant Agreement is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(3) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated
October 1, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(4) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 8, 2009, to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between the Registrant and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(5) of PEA No. 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust
Company, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (h)(6) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
Amendment, dated October 8, 2009, to the Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles Schwab Investment Management
Company, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit
(h)(7) of PEA No. 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Administration Agreement between the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment
Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009, is filed herewith
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
Form of Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust
Company, dated October 8, 2009, is filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
Form of Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement between the Registrant and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
Form of Amendment, dated July 26, 2010 to the Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles Schwab Investment Management
Company, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005, is filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opinion and Consent of Counsel, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP is filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(j)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Walter W. Bettinger is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(2) of Pre-Effective Amendment No.
2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Robert W. Burns is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(3) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Charles A. Ruffel is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(4) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Mark A. Goldfarb is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(5) of Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
Power of Attorney of Randall W. Merk is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(6) of PEA No. 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
Power of Attorney of George Pereira is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (j)(7) of PEA No. 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(k)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(l)
|
|
|
|
|
|
None.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(m)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(n)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(o)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not applicable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(p)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
Joint Code of Ethics for the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. is filed herewith.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(p)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
Code of Ethics of SEI Investments Distribution Co. is incorporated by reference to Exhibit (p)(2) of Pre-Effective
Amendment No. 1.
|
ITEM 29. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE REGISTRANT.
Not Applicable.
ITEM 30. INDEMNIFICATION.
Reference is made to Article VII of Registrants Declaration of Trust (Exhibit (a) filed
October 27, 2009) and Article 11 of Registrants By-Laws (Exhibit (b) filed July 15, 2009).
4
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be
permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
(other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding)
is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled
by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the
final adjudication of such issue.
ITEM 31. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER.
The Registrants investment adviser, Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc. (CSIM), a
Delaware corporation, organized in October 1989, also serves as the investment manager to Laudus
Institutional Trust, Laudus Trust, Schwab Capital Trust, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab
Investments, and Schwab Annuity Portfolios, each an open-end, management investment company. The
principal place of business of the investment adviser is 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105.
The only business in which the investment adviser engages is that of investment adviser and
administrator to Schwab Capital Trust, The Charles Schwab Family of Funds, Schwab Investments,
Schwab Annuity Portfolios and any other investment companies that Schwab may sponsor in the future,
investment adviser to the Registrant, Laudus Trust and Laudus Institutional Trust and an investment
adviser to certain non-investment company clients.
The business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature in which each
director and/or senior or executive officer of CSIM is or has been engaged during the past two
fiscal years is listed below. The name of any company for which any director and/or senior or
executive officer of the investment adviser serves as director, officer, employee, partner or
trustee is also listed below.
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Position
|
|
|
|
|
with Adviser
|
|
Name of Other Company
|
|
Capacity
|
Charles R. Schwab, Chairman and Director
|
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
|
|
Chairman and Director
|
|
|
The Charles Schwab Bank, N.A.
|
|
Chairman, Director
|
|
|
The Charles Schwab Corporation
|
|
Chairman
|
|
|
Schwab Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Schwab International Holdings, Inc.
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Schwab (SIS) Holdings, Inc. I
|
|
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Holdings (UK)
|
|
Chairman
|
|
|
United States Trust Company of New
York
|
|
Chairman, Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Kinds of Minds
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Charles and Helen Schwab Foundation
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Stanford University
|
|
Trustee
|
Randall W. Merk Director, President and
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
|
|
Executive Vice President and President,
Investment Management Services
|
|
|
Schwab Funds
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Laudus Funds
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Schwab ETFs
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, PLC
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Asset Management
(Ireland) Limited
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
Koji E. Felton, Senior Vice President, Chief
Counsel and Corporate Secretary
|
|
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.
|
|
Senior Vice President,Deputy General
Counsel
|
|
|
Schwab Funds
|
|
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
|
|
|
Laudus Funds
|
|
Vice President and Assistant Clerk
|
|
|
Schwab ETFs
|
|
Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
|
|
|
|
|
|
George Pereira, Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
Schwab Funds
|
|
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
|
|
|
Laudus Funds
|
|
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schwab ETFs
|
|
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Position
|
|
|
|
|
with Adviser
|
|
Name of Other Company
|
|
Capacity
|
|
|
Mutual Fund Division, UST
Advisers, Inc.
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Worldwide Funds, PLC
|
|
Director
|
|
|
Charles Schwab Asset Management
(Ireland) Limited
|
|
Director
|
ITEM 32. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS:
(a) SEI Investments Distribution Co. (the Distributor) is the principal underwriter of the Trust.
(b) Information with respect to each director, officer or partner of each principal underwriter is
as follows. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each director or officer is 1 Freedom
Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Position and Office
|
|
Positions and Offices
|
Name
|
|
with Underwriter
|
|
with Registrant
|
William M. Doran
|
|
Director
|
|
None
|
Edward D. Loughlin
|
|
Director
|
|
None
|
Wayne M. Withrow
|
|
Director
|
|
None
|
Kevin Barr
|
|
President & Chief Executive Officer
|
|
None
|
Maxine Chou
|
|
Chief Financial Officer, Chief
Operations
Officer, & Treasurer
|
|
None
|
Karen LaTourette
|
|
Chief Compliance Officer,
Anti-Money
Laundering Officer &Assistant Secretary
|
|
None
|
John C. Munch
|
|
General Counsel & Secretary
|
|
None
|
Mark J. Held
|
|
Senior Vice President
|
|
None
|
Lori L. White
|
|
Vice President & Assistant Secretary
|
|
None
|
John Coary
|
|
Vice President & Assistant Secretary
|
|
None
|
John Cronin
|
|
Vice President
|
|
None
|
Robert Silvestri
|
|
Vice President
|
|
None
|
(5) © None.
ITEM 33. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.
All accounts, books and other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the 1940
Act, as amended, and the Rules thereunder will be maintained at the offices of:
1)
|
|
Schwab Strategic Trust, 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105
|
|
2)
|
|
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., 211 Main Street, San Francisco, CA 94105
|
|
3)
|
|
Principal Underwriter SEI Investments Distribution Co., 1 Freedom Valley Drive, Oaks, PA 19456
|
|
4)
|
|
Custodian State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111
|
|
5)
|
|
Transfer Agent State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111
|
ITEM 34. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.
None.
ITEM 35. UNDERTAKINGS.
Not applicable.
6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the 1933 Act), and
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, Registrant certifies that it meets all of the
requirements for the effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to Registrants
Registration Statement on Form N-1A pursuant to Rule 485(b) under the 1933 Act and has duly caused
this Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly
authorized, in the District of Columbia, on the 23rd day of July, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHWAB STRATEGIC TRUST
Registrant
|
|
|
Randall W. Merk*
|
|
|
Randall W. Merk, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the 1933 Act, this Post-Effective Amendment No. 3 to
Registrants Registration Statement on Form N-1A has been signed below by the following persons in
the capacities indicated this 23rd day of July, 2010.
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
|
|
Walter W. Bettinger, II*
|
|
Chairman and Trustee
|
Walter W. Bettinger, II
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert W. Burns*
|
|
Trustee
|
Robert W. Burns
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark A. Goldfarb*
|
|
Trustee
|
Mark A. Goldfarb
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles A. Ruffel*
|
|
Trustee
|
Charles A. Ruffel
|
|
|
|
|
|
Randall W. Merk*
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
Randall W. Merk
|
|
|
|
|
|
George Pereira*
|
|
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer
|
George Pereira
|
|
|
|
|
|
*By:
|
|
/s/ W. John McGuire
W. John McGuire, Attorney-in-Fact
Pursuant to Power of Attorney
|
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
(d)(2)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Advisory Agreement between the Registrant and Charles
Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009
|
|
|
|
(e)(2)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and SEI
Investments Distribution Co., dated October 12, 2009
|
|
|
|
(g)(3)
|
|
Form of Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Custodian Agreement between the Registrant and State
Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 17, 2005
|
|
|
|
(h)(8)
|
|
Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Administration Agreement between the Registrant and
Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc., dated October 12, 2009
|
|
|
|
(h)(9)
|
|
Form of Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Transfer Agency Agreement between the Registrant and
State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 8, 2009
|
|
|
|
(h)(10)
|
|
Form of Amendment, dated July 26, 2010, to the Master Fund Accounting and Services Agreement
between the Registrant and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated October 1, 2005
|
|
|
|
(h)(11)
|
|
Form of Amendment, dated July 26, 2010 to the Sub-Administration Agreement between the Charles
Schwab Investment Management Company, Inc. and State Street Bank and Trust Company, dated
October 1, 2005
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
Opinion and Consent of Counsel, Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP
|
|
|
|
(p)(1)
|
|
Joint Code of Ethics for the Registrant and Charles Schwab Investment Management, Inc.
|
7